UNITED
STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
FOR
ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
|
|
|
|
þ
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006
|
|
o
|
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission file number: 1-32381
HERBALIFE
LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
Cayman Islands
|
|
98-0377871
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
P.O. Box 309GT
Ugland House, South Church Street
Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands
(Address of Principal
Executive Offices)
|
|
90067
(Zip
Code)
|
(310) 410-9600
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
|
|
Common Shares, par value
$0.002 per share
|
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
(§229,405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and
will not be contained, to the best of registrants
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated
filer þ Accelerated
filer o Non-accelerated
filer o
Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as
defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). Yes o No þ
There were 71,714,164 common shares outstanding as of
February 22, 2007. The aggregate market value of the
Registrants common shares held by non-affiliates was
approximately $1,684 million as of June 30, 2006,
based upon the last reported sales price on the New York Stock
Exchange on that date of $39.90.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrants Definitive Proxy Statement to
be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later
than 120 days after the end of the Registrants fiscal
year ended December 31, 2006, are incorporated by reference
in Part III of this Form.
FORWARD
LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of
historical fact are forward-looking statements for
purposes of federal and state securities laws, including any
projections of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any
statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management
for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new
services or developments; any statements regarding future
economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief;
and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the
foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include the words
may, will, estimate,
intend, continue, believe,
expect or anticipate and other similar
words.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of
our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results
could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any
of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial
condition and results of operations, as well as any
forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to
inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed in
this document. Important factors that could cause our actual
results, performance and achievements, or industry results to
differ materially from estimates or projections contained in our
forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our relationship with, and our ability to influence the actions
of, our distributors;
|
|
|
|
adverse publicity associated with our products or network
marketing organization;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties relating to interpretation and enforcement of
recently enacted legislation in China governing direct selling;
|
|
|
|
risk of our inability to obtain the necessary licenses to
conduct a direct selling business in China;
|
|
|
|
adverse changes in the Chinese economy, Chinese legal system or
Chinese governmental policies;
|
|
|
|
risk of improper action by our employees or international
distributors in violation of applicable law;
|
|
|
|
changing consumer preferences and demands;
|
|
|
|
the competitive nature of our business;
|
|
|
|
regulatory matters governing our products, including potential
governmental or regulatory actions concerning the safety or
efficacy of our products, and network marketing program,
including the direct selling market in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
risks associated with operating internationally, including
foreign exchange risks;
|
|
|
|
our dependence on increased penetration of existing markets;
|
|
|
|
contractual limitations on our ability to expand our business;
|
|
|
|
our reliance on our information technology infrastructure and
outside manufacturers;
|
|
|
|
the sufficiency of trademarks and other intellectual property
rights;
|
|
|
|
product concentration;
|
|
|
|
our reliance on our management team;
|
|
|
|
uncertainties relating to the application of transfer pricing
and similar tax regulations;
|
|
|
|
taxation relating to our distributors; and
|
|
|
|
product liability claims.
|
Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially from our forward-looking statements are set forth in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
including under the heading Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and in our Financial
Statements and the related notes.
3
Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
speak only as of the date hereof, and forward looking statements
in documents attached are incorporated by reference speak only
as of the date of those documents. The Company does not
undertake any obligation to update or release any revisions to
any forward-looking statement or to report any events or
circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence
of unanticipated events, except as required by law.
The
Company
Unless otherwise noted, the terms we,
our, us, Company,
Herbalife and Successor refer to
Herbalife Ltd. and its subsidiaries, including WH Capital
Corporation, or WH Capital Corp., and Herbalife International,
Inc., or Herbalife International, and its subsidiaries for
periods subsequent to Herbalife Internationals acquisition
on July 31, 2002 by an investment group led by
Whitney & Co., LLC and Golden Gate Private Equity,
Inc., or the Acquisition, and the terms we,
our, us, Company and
Predecessor refer to Herbalife International
before the Acquisition for periods through July 31, 2002.
Herbalife is a holding company, with substantially all of its
assets consisting of the capital stock of its indirect,
wholly-owned subsidiary, Herbalife International.
4
PART I
GENERAL
We are a global network marketing company that sells weight
management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
We pursue our mission of changing peoples
lives by providing a financially rewarding business
opportunity to distributors and quality products to distributors
and customers who seek a healthy lifestyle. We are one of the
largest network marketing companies in the world with net sales
of approximately $1.9 billion for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006. We sell our products in 63 countries
through a network of over 1.5 million independent
distributors. In China, in order to comply with local
legislation, we sell our products through retail stores and an
employed sales force. We believe the quality of our products and
the effectiveness of our distribution network, coupled with
geographic expansion, have been the primary reasons for our
success throughout our
27-year
company history.
We offer science based products in three primary categories:
weight management, targeted nutrition and Outer
Nutrition®.
The weight management product portfolio includes meal
replacements, weight-loss accelerators, appetite suppressors and
a variety of healthy snacks which are sold primarily under the
Shapeworks brand. Our collection of targeted nutrition products,
including
Liftofftm,
an innovative effervescent energy product, consists of dietary
and nutritional supplements, each containing quality herbs,
vitamins, minerals and natural ingredients that supports total
well-being and long-term good health which are all sold
primarily under the Herbalife brand. Our Outer
Nutrition®
products include skin cleansers, moisturizers, lotions, shampoos
and conditioners, each based on botanical formulas to
revitalize, soothe and smooth body, skin and hair and are sold
primarily under the Herbalife and NouriFusion brand names.
Weight management, targeted nutrition and outer nutrition
accounted for 42.5%, 44.1% and 8.0% of our net sales in fiscal
year 2006, respectively.
We believe that the direct-selling channel is ideally suited to
marketing our products, because sales of weight management,
nutrition and personal care products are strengthened by ongoing
personal contact between retail consumers and distributors. This
personal contact may enhance consumers nutritional and
health education as well as motivate consumers to begin and
maintain wellness and weight management programs. In addition,
by using our products themselves, distributors can provide
first-hand testimonials of product effectiveness, which often
serve as a powerful sales tool.
We are focused on building and maintaining our distributor
network by offering financially rewarding and flexible career
opportunities through sales of quality, innovative products to
health conscious consumers. We believe the income opportunity
provided by our network marketing program appeals to a broad
cross-section of people throughout the world, particularly those
seeking to supplement family income, start a home business or
pursue entrepreneurial, full and part-time, employment
opportunities. Our distributors, who are independent
contractors, can profit from selling our products and can also
earn royalties and bonuses on sales made by the other
distributors whom they recruit to join their sales organizations.
We enable distributors to maximize their potential by providing
a broad array of motivational, educational and support services.
We motivate our distributors through our performance-based
compensation plan, individual recognition, reward programs and
promotions, and participation in local, national and
international Company-sponsored sales events and Extravaganzas.
We are committed to providing professionally designed
educational training materials that our distributors can use to
enhance recruitment and maximize their sales. We and our
distributor leadership conduct thousands of training sessions
each year throughout the world to educate and motivate our
distributors. These training events teach our distributors not
only how to develop invaluable business-building and leadership
skills, but also how to differentiate our products with their
consumers. Our corporate-sponsored training events provide a
forum for distributors, who otherwise operate independently, to
share ideas with us and each other. In addition, our
internet-based Herbalife Broadcasting Network delivers
worldwide, educational, motivational and inspirational content,
including addresses from our CEO. Our efficient and effective
distribution, logistics and customer care support system assists
our distributors by providing same day, or
next-day
sales capabilities and support services. We further aid our
distributors by generating additional demand for our products
5
through traditional marketing and public relations methods, such
as television ads, sporting event sponsorships and endorsements.
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that our success stems from our ability to motivate
our distributor network with a range of quality, innovative and
efficacious products that appeal to consumer preferences for
healthy living. We have been able to achieve sustained and
profitable growth by capitalizing on the following competitive
strengths:
Distributor Base. As of December 2006, we had
over 1.5 million distributors, including over 408,000
supervisors. Our compensation system encourages distributors to
remain active in the business and to build down-line sales
organizations of their own, which can serve to increase their
income and increase our product sales. Supervisors contribute
significantly to our sales. Some key supervisors who have
attained the highest levels within our distributor network,
specifically our Presidents Team and Chairmans Club,
are responsible for their organizations generation of a
substantial portion of our sales and for recruiting a
substantial number of our distributors.
Product Portfolio. We are committed to
building distributor, customer and brand loyalty by providing a
diverse portfolio of health-oriented and wellness products. The
breadth of our product offerings enables our distributors to
sell a comprehensive package of products designed to simplify
weight management and nutrition. Many of our product
formulations have been in existence for years; however we
continually review and if necessary improve upon our product
formulations, based upon developments in nutrition science. We
believe that the longevity and variety in our product portfolio
significantly enhance our distributors abilities to build
their businesses.
Nutrition Science-Based Product
Development. We continue to emphasize and make
investments in science-based product development in the fields
of weight management, nutrition and personal care. We have a
growing internal team of scientists dedicated to continually
evaluating opportunities to enhance our existing products and to
develop new science-based products. These product development
efforts are reviewed by prominent doctors and world-renowned
scientists who constitute our Scientific Advisory Board and
Nutrition Advisory Board. In addition, we have provided
donations to assist in the establishment of the Mark Hughes
Cellular and Molecular Lab at UCLA, or the UCLA Lab, and we
continue to rely on their expertise. We believe that the UCLA
Lab provides opportunities for Herbalife to access cutting-edge
science in herbal research and nutrition.
Scalable Business Model. Our business model
enables us to grow our business with only moderate investment in
our infrastructure and other fixed costs. With the exception of
our China business, we require no company-employed sales force
to market and sell our products. We incur no direct incremental
cost to add a new distributor in our existing markets, and our
distributor compensation varies directly with sales. In
addition, our distributors bear the majority of our consumer
marketing expenses, and supervisors sponsor and coordinate a
large share of distributor recruiting and training initiatives.
Furthermore, we can readily increase production and distribution
of our products as a result of our numerous third party
manufacturing relationships as well as our global footprint of
in-house distribution centers.
Geographic Diversification. We have a proven
our ability to establish our network marketing organization in
new markets. Since our founding 27 years ago, we have
expanded our presence into 63 countries. While sales within our
local markets may fluctuate due to economic, market and
regulatory conditions, competitive pressures, political or
social instability or for company specific reasons, we believe
that our geographic diversity mitigates our financial exposure
to any particular market.
Experienced Management Team. The management
team is led by Michael O. Johnson who became our Chief Executive
Officer after spending 17 years with The Walt Disney
Company, where he most recently served as President of Walt
Disney International. Since joining our Company,
Mr. Johnson has assembled a team of experienced executives,
including Gregory Probert, President and Chief Operating Officer
and formerly Chief Executive Officer of DMX Music and Chief
Operating Officer of The Walt Disney Companys Buena Vista
Home Entertainment division; Richard Goudis, Chief Financial
Officer and formerly Chief Operating Officer of Rexall Sundown;
Brett R. Chapman, General Counsel and formerly Senior Vice
President and Deputy General
6
Counsel of The Walt Disney Company; and Paul Noack, Chief
Strategic Officer and formerly Chief Strategic Officer of DMX
Music. In addition, Steve Henig, Ph.D., formerly Senior
Vice President of Ocean Spray Cranberries, Inc., joined the
Company in 2005 as Chief Scientific Officer with responsibility
for our product research and development.
Our
Business Strategy
We believe that our network marketing model is the most
effective way to sell our products. Our objective is to increase
the recruitment, retention, retailing and productivity of our
distributor base by pursuing the following strategic initiatives:
Distributor Strategy. We continue to increase
our investment in events and promotions as a catalyst to help
our distributors improve the effectiveness and productivity of
their businesses. We will attempt to globalize best-practice
business methods, such as Nutrition Clubs and the Total Plan, to
enable our distributors to improve their penetration in existing
markets. We have also created marketing programs, such as
Generation H for our under 30 year old distributors, to
help us better target important subsegments of the distributor
and consumer population. Additionally, we introduced BizWorks, a
business system which assists our distributors in building their
businesses more efficiently while better servicing their
existing customers. And finally, to increase brand awareness
among potential customers and distributors, we have entered into
marketing alliances, created Team Herbalife and
began allowing our distributors to utilize the Herbalife brand
logo in their marketing efforts.
Direct-to-Consumer
Strategy. We believe this strategy complements
our distributors existing business opportunities and it
should build a longer-term, more sustainable customer base. We
believe that providing direct sales of our science-based
products to end customers via the Internet, while maintaining
the financial and business relationship between the customer and
distributor, should allow distributors to increase retailing,
improve recruiting and retain customers while leveraging our
order taking, distribution, shipping, and collections resources.
In consultation with distributor leadership, we introduced
Liftoff.com in December 2005, to allow for a direct sale to end
consumers via the internet of
Liftofftm,
our effervescent energy product. We plan to further expand the
e-commerce
direct-to-consumer
platform in the near future.
Product Strategy. We are committed to
providing our distributors with unique, innovative products to
help them increase sales and recruit new distributors. On an
ongoing basis we will augment our product portfolio with
additional science-based products and, as appropriate, will
bundle products addressing similar health concerns into packages
and programs. We are establishing a core set of products that
will be available in all markets around the world. We are also
empowering regional and country managers to develop unique
products that are specific to their markets to ensure that local
consumer needs can be met. Additionally, each year we plan to
have mega launches of products
and/or
programs to generate continual excitement among our
distributors, and to add to our core set of products. These
mega launches will generally target specific market
segments deemed strategic to us, such as a childrens line
to target
stay-at-home
moms and a sports and fitness line to target consumers with
active lifestyles.
China Strategy. While we plan to expand into
new markets each year, expanding in China represents a
significant growth opportunity for us. We believe that China
could become one of the largest direct-selling markets in the
world over the next several years. To address this opportunity,
we have assembled a management team with direct selling
experience, secured a headquarters location in Shanghai,
expanded our manufacturing capacity in our Suzhou China factory,
and we are in the process of opening retail locations and
registering additional products. Through 2006, we have opened
42 retail stores in 21 key provinces.
Infrastructure Strategy. In 2003, we embarked
upon a strategic initiative to significantly upgrade our
technology infrastructure throughout the world. We are
implementing an Oracle enterprise-wide technology solution, with
a scalable and stable open architecture platform, to enhance our
efficiency and productivity as well as that of our distributors.
In addition, we are upgrading our internet-based marketing and
distributor services platform with tools such as BizWorks and
MyHerbalife.com and we have invested in business intelligence
tools to enable better analysis of our business. We expect these
initiatives to be substantially complete by 2008. Additionally,
we continue to invest in our employees through a comprehensive
and global organizational development program which was
initiated in 2005.
7
Product
Overview
For 27 years, our products have been designed to help
distributors and customers from around the world lose weight,
improve their health and experience life-changing results. We
have built our heritage on developing formulas that blend the
best of nature with innovative techniques from nutrition
science, appealing to the growing base of consumers seeking
differentiated products and desiring a healthier lifestyle.
As of December 31, 2006, we marketed and sold 121 products
encompassing over 3,000 SKUs through our distributors and had
approximately 1800 trademarks worldwide. We group our products
into three categories: weight management, targeted nutrition,
and Outer
Nutrition®.
Our products are often sold in programs, which are comprised of
a series of related products designed to simplify weight
management and nutrition for our consumers and maximize our
distributors cross-selling opportunities. These programs
target specific consumer market segments, such as women, men,
mature adults, sports enthusiasts, as well as weight-loss and
weight-management customers and individuals looking to enhance
their overall well-being.
The following table summarizes our products by product category.
|
|
|
|
|
Product Category
|
|
Description
|
|
Representative Products
|
|
Weight Management
(42.5% of 2006 net
sales)
|
|
Meal replacements, weight-loss
accelerators and a variety of healthy snacks
|
|
Formula 1
Personalized Protein Powder
Total
Control®
High Protein Bars and Snacks
|
Targeted Nutrition
(44.1% of 2006 net
sales)
|
|
Dietary and nutritional
supplements containing quality herbs, vitamins, minerals and
other natural ingredients
|
|
Niteworkstm
Garden
7tm
Aloe Concentrate
Liftof
tm
|
Outer
Nutrition®
(8.0% of 2006 net
sales)
|
|
Skin cleansers, moisturizers,
lotions, shampoos and conditioners
|
|
Skin
Activator®
Cream
Radiant Ctm
Body Lotion
Herbal Aloe Everyday Shampoo
NouriFusiontm
|
Literature, Promotional and
Other Products
(5.4% of 2006 net
sales)
|
|
Sales aids, informational
audiotapes, CDs and DVDs and start-up kits
|
|
|
Weight
management
In 2004, we introduced
ShapeWorkstm,
a personalized protein-based meal replacement program based on
the clinical experience and 15 years of meal replacement
research of Dr. David Heber, Director of the UCLA Center
for Human Nutrition. The
ShapeWorkstm
program incorporates several of our leading weight management
products such as our best-selling Formula 1 meal replacement
product, which has been part of our basic weight management
program for 27 years and generated approximately 28.4% of
our retail sales in 2006. Personalized Protein Powder is a soy
and whey protein source developed to be added to our meal
replacements to boost protein intake and decrease hunger.
Weight-loss accelerators, including Total
Control®,
address specific challenges associated with dieting, such as
lack of energy, hunger and food craving, fluid retention,
decreased metabolism and digestive challenges, by building
energy, boosting metabolism, curbing appetite and helping to
promote weight loss. Healthy snacks are formulated to provide
between-meal nutrition and satisfaction.
Targeted
nutrition
We market numerous dietary and nutritional supplements designed
to meet our customers specific nutritional needs. Each of
these supplements contains quality herbs, vitamins, minerals and
other natural ingredients and focuses on specific lifestages and
lifestyles of our customers, including women, men, children,
mature adults and athletes. For example we introduced
Niteworkstm,
a product developed in conjunction with Nobel Laureate in
Medicine, Dr. Louis Ignarro.
Niteworkstm
supports energy, circulatory and vascular health and enhances
blood flow to the heart, brain and other vital organs. Another
product,
Garden 7tm,
is designed to provide the phytonutrient benefits of seven
servings of fruits and vegetables, has anti-oxidant and
health-boosting properties, and comes in
8
convenient daily packs which can make nutrition simple. We have
also entered into the high growth energy drink category with the
introduction of
Liftofftm
an innovative, effervescent energy product.
Outer
Nutrition®
Our Outer
Nutrition®
products complement our weight-management and targeted nutrition
products and aim to improve the appearance of the body, skin and
hair. These products include skin cleansers, toners,
moisturizers and facial masks, shampoos and conditioners,
body-wash items and a selection of fragrances for men and women
under the brand names Radiant
Ctm
and Skin
Activator®,
among others. For example, our Radiant
Ctm
Daily Skin Booster is designed to harness the antioxidant
power of vitamin C in a light gel-cream to help seal in moisture
and minimize the appearance of fine lines and wrinkles. In
addition, we offer Skin
Activator®,
an advanced cream based on glucosamine, almond oil, green tea
and sugar that is also designed to reduce the appearance of fine
lines and wrinkles, help skin regain a smoother, firmer
appearance, and protect from dryness.
NouriFusiontm
is a personal care product line that utilizes vitamin A, C and E
to provide benefits to the skin.
Literature,
promotional and other products
We also sell literature and promotional materials, including
sales aids, informational audiotapes, videotapes, CDs and DVDs
designed to support our distributors marketing efforts, as
well as
start-up
kits called International Business Packs for new
distributors. For the year ended December 31, 2006,
$101.6 million or 5.4% of our net sales were derived from
literature and promotional materials. In 2006 we introduced
BizWorks, a customizable retail website for our distributors to
enhance the on-line experience and improve their productivity.
Product
Development
We are committed to providing our distributors with unique,
innovative science-based products to help them increase
recruitment, retention and retailing. We believe this can be
best accomplished by introducing new products and by upgrading,
reformulating and repackaging existing product lines. Our
internal team of scientists and product developers collaborate
with the Companys Scientific Advisory Board and Nutrition
Advisory Board to formulate, review and evaluate new product
ideas. Once a particular market opportunity has been identified,
our scientists along with our marketing and sales teams work
closely with distributors to effect a successful development and
launch of the product.
Our product development efforts are focused on four key
categories: weight management; targeted nutrition; energy and
fitness; and outer nutrition.
In 2006 a new product development process was implemented
globally to accelerate the introduction of new products and to
perfect the launch of products. Cross-functional teams from
Product Marketing, Product Development, Sciences, Licensing,
Manufacturing and Finance were formed and assigned to major
product initiatives.
The product development process is a stage-gate process based on
best in class practices in our industry. The process
consists of five stages: identification, feasibility assessment,
development, launch and learn. The project teams obtain
approvals from a corporate steering team comprised of key
executives in the Company. The process defines each
departments roles and responsibilities and sets clear
deliverables for each stage. It creates a succinct process from
the beginning of the development cycle to the end.
New product ideas are generated and screened down to high
potential new product ideas that fill our business needs and
conform to the Companys overall strategy. We test the most
promising ideas with distributors and customers using a variety
of qualitative and quantitative tools. This testing is followed
by a feasibility assessment including product and package
prototypes, product positioning and messaging, process design,
analysis of manufacturing issues and providing preliminary
financials. The next stage is the development phase in which we
finalize the formula, process, manufacturing strategy, product
positioning, pricing, labeling and other related matters, etc.
The final stage is the launch phase in which we prepare
promotional and sales materials, complete the supply chain plan,
create product and financial forecasts, and complete other final
preparations for launch. After the product is launched, we
closely track sales performance and lessons learned so we can
update and improve the
9
product development process. In addition, during the past three
years, we have significantly increased our investment in
clinical studies and in our science program to substantiate
claims and efficacy of our products.
During 2006, we reorganized our technical team for greater
efficiency and to carry out product development strategies both
globally and regionally. We added new talents to our technical
and scientific teams and additional resources to the
Companys Nutrition and Scientific Advisory Boards.
The Nutrition Advisory Board is headed by David
Heber, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Medicine and Public
Health at the UCLA School of Medicine, Director of the UCLA
Center for Human Nutrition and Director of the UCLA Center for
Dietary Supplement Research in Botanicals. The Nutrition
Advisory Board has 16 members from 14 countries. It is comprised
of leading scientists and medical doctors who provide training
on product usage and give health-news updates through Herbalife
literature, the Internet and training events around the world.
Our Scientific Advisory Board is chaired by Dr. Heber and
has 12 members from seven countries. Louis Ignarro, Ph.D.,
Distinguished Professor of Pharmacology at the UCLA School of
Medicine and Nobel Laureate in Medicine is also a member of the
Scientific Advisory Board.
We believe that it is important to maintain our relationships
with members of our Scientific Advisory Board and Nutrition
Advisory Boards and to recognize the time and effort that they
expend on our behalf. Members of our Scientific Advisory Board
are compensated for their time and efforts in the following
manner: (a) ten members are paid an annual retainer of
$5,000 plus travel expenses, (b) Dr. Ignarro receives
no direct compensation from us although we do pay a consulting
firm, with which Dr. Ignarro is affiliated a royalty on
sales of
Niteworkstm,
certain healthy heart products, and other products
that we may mutually designate in the future that are, in each
case, sold with the aid of Dr. Ignarros consulting,
promotional or endorsement services such amounts totaling
$0.9 million, $1.4 million and $1.0 million in
2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively and (c) Dr. Heber
receives no direct compensation from us although we do reimburse
him for travel expenses and we do pay to a consulting firm, with
which Dr. Heber is affiliated, a quarterly consulting fee
of $75,000. In addition, each member of our Nutrition Advisory
Board other than Dr. Heber receives a monthly retainer of
up to $5,000, plus up to $3,000 for every day that they appear
at a non-southern California distributor event and up to $2,000
for every day that they need to travel to such events.
In 2006, we completed construction and moved into modern,
state-of-the-art
product development laboratories in Torrance, California as well
as quality control laboratories in Carson, California. This
investment will enable our developers, scientists and quality
control staff to accelerate product development, launch products
faster and provide a more robust quality control program.
Herbalife also made further contributions to the UCLA Lab. We
have continually invested in this lab since 2002 with total
donations of approximately $500,000, which includes donations of
lab equipment and software. UCLA agreed that the donations would
be used for further research and education in the fields of
weight management and botanical dietary supplements. In
addition, we have made donations from time to time to UCLA to
fund research and educational programs. While our direct
relationship with UCLA is currently limited to conducting two
ongoing clinical studies, we intend to take full advantage of
the expertise at UCLA by committing to support research that
will further our understanding of the benefits of phytochemicals.
In 2005, we appointed Steve Henig, Ph.D. to the newly
created post of Chief Scientific Officer, with responsibility
for our product research and development function.
Dr. Henigs specific responsibilities include setting
Herbalifes R&D direction; product innovation and
development; scientific and medical affairs; product safety and
efficacy; and leadership of Herbalifes Scientific Advisory
Board.
We believe our focus on nutrition and botanical science and our
efforts at combining our internal research and development
efforts with the scientific expertise of our Scientific Advisory
Board, the educational skills of the Nutrition Advisory Board
and the resources of the UCLA Lab should result in meaningful
product introductions and give our distributors and consumers
increased confidence in our products.
10
Network
Marketing Program
General
Our products are distributed through a global network marketing
organization comprised of over 1.5 million independent
distributors in 63 countries, except in China where, due to
regulations, our sales are conducted through company operated
retail stores, sales representatives and employed sales
management personnel. In addition to helping them achieve
physical health and wellness through use of our products, we
offer our distributors, who are independent contractors,
attractive income opportunities. Distributors may earn income on
their own sales and can also earn royalties and bonuses on sales
made by the distributors in their sales organizations. We
believe that our products are particularly well-suited to the
network marketing distribution channel because sales of weight
management and health and wellness products are strengthened by
ongoing personal contact between retail consumers and
distributors. We believe our continued commitment to developing
innovative, science-based products will enhance our ability to
attract new distributors as well as increase the productivity
and retention of existing distributors. Furthermore, our
international sponsorship program, which permits distributors to
sponsor distributors in other countries where we are licensed to
do business and where we have obtained required product
approvals, provides a significant advantage in developing and
growing their business.
On July 18, 2002, we entered into an agreement with our
distributors that no material changes adverse to the
distributors will be made to the existing marketing plan and
that we will continue to distribute Herbalife products
exclusively through our independent distributors. We believe
that this agreement has strengthened our relationship with our
existing distributors, improved our ability to recruit new
distributors and generally increased the long-term stability of
our business.
Structure
of the network marketing program
To become a distributor, a person must be sponsored by an
existing distributor, except in China where no sponsorship is
allowed, and must purchase an International Business Pack from
us, except in South Korea, where there is no charge for a
distributor kit. The International Business Pack is a
distributor kit available in local languages. The kit comes in
two sizes. The larger kit costs the local currency equivalent of
about $75 and includes a can of
ShapeWorkstm/Formula 1,
several bottles of different nutritional supplements, booklets
describing us, our compensation plan and rules of conduct,
various training and promotional materials, distributor
applications and a product catalog. The smaller version costs
the local currency equivalent of about $50 and includes sample
products and essentially the same print and promotional
materials as included in the larger kit version. To become a
supervisor or qualify for a higher level, distributors must
achieve specified volumes of product purchases or earn certain
amounts of royalty overrides during specified time periods and
must re-qualify for the levels once each year. To attain
supervisor status, a distributor generally must purchase
products representing at least 4,000 volume points in one month
or 2,500 volume points in two consecutive months. China has its
own unique qualifying program. Volume points are point values
assigned to each of our products that are equal in all countries
and are based on the suggested retail price of
U.S. products (one volume point equates to one
U.S. dollar). Supervisors may then attain higher levels,
(consisting of the World Team, the Global Expansion Team, the
Millionaire Team, the Presidents Team, the Chairmans
Club and the Founders Circle) and earn increasing amounts of
royalty overrides based on purchases by distributors within
their organizations and, for members of our Global Expansion
Team and above, earn production bonuses on sales in their
downline sales organizations. Supervisors contribute
significantly to our sales and some key supervisors who have
attained the highest level within our distributor network are
responsible for their organizations generation of a
substantial portion of our sales and for recruiting a
substantial number of our distributors.
11
The following table sets forth the number of our supervisors and
retention rates as of requalification period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Supervisors
|
|
|
Supervisors Retention Rate
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
42,703
|
|
|
|
41,262
|
|
|
|
45,778
|
|
|
|
37.5
|
%
|
|
|
38.6
|
%
|
|
|
41.2
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
13,399
|
|
|
|
19,045
|
|
|
|
38,344
|
|
|
|
46.8
|
%
|
|
|
50.6
|
%
|
|
|
57.4
|
%
|
Brazil
|
|
|
14,645
|
|
|
|
21,605
|
|
|
|
27,318
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
%
|
|
|
31.2
|
%
|
|
|
29.0
|
%
|
South America and Southeast Asia
|
|
|
17,720
|
|
|
|
23,983
|
|
|
|
30,846
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
%
|
|
|
32.0
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
70,239
|
|
|
|
65,485
|
|
|
|
66,103
|
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
44.0
|
%
|
|
|
45.0
|
%
|
Greater China
|
|
|
12,866
|
|
|
|
16,673
|
|
|
|
19,447
|
|
|
|
28.3
|
%
|
|
|
36.8
|
%
|
|
|
34.7
|
%
|
North Asia
|
|
|
19,762
|
|
|
|
13,872
|
|
|
|
15,736
|
|
|
|
28.2
|
%
|
|
|
36.5
|
%
|
|
|
48.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
191,334
|
|
|
|
201,925
|
|
|
|
243,572
|
|
|
|
35.6
|
%
|
|
|
39.7
|
%
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In February of each year, we delete from the rank of supervisor
those supervisors who did not satisfy the supervisor
qualification requirements during the preceding twelve months.
Distributors who meet the supervisor requirements at any time
during the year are promoted to supervisor status at that time,
including any supervisors who were deleted, but who subsequently
requalified. For the latest twelve month re-qualification period
ending January 2007, approximately 42.5 percent of our
supervisors re-qualified. Typically, distributors who purchase
our product for personal consumption or for short term weight
loss or income goals may stay with us for several months to one
year while supervisors who have committed time and effort to
build a sales organization generally stay for longer periods. We
rely on certifications from the selling distributors as to the
amount and source of product sales to other distributors which
are not directly verifiable by us. In order to increase
retailing of our products, we have modified our requalification
criteria to provide that any distributor that earns at least
4,000 volume points in any
12-month
period can requalify as a supervisor and retain a discount of
50% from suggested retail prices, but will forfeit their
distributor organization and associated earnings. For a
supervisor to requalify and retain their distributor
organization and associated earnings, they need to earn 4,000
volume points in one month or 2,500 volume points in two
consecutive months.
Distributor
earnings
Distributor earnings are derived from several sources. First,
distributors may earn profits by purchasing our products at
wholesale prices, which are discounted 25% to 50% from suggested
retail prices, depending on the distributors level within
our distributor network, and selling our products to retail
customers or to other distributors. Second, distributors who
sponsor other distributors and establish their own sales
organizations may earn (a) royalty overrides, 15% of
product retail sales in the aggregate, (b) production
bonuses, 7% of product retail sales in the aggregate and
(c) the Mark Hughes bonus, up to 1% of product retail sales
in the aggregate. Royalty overrides together with the
distributor allowances represent the potential earnings to
distributors of up to approximately 73% of retail sales. Each
distributors success is dependent on two primary factors:
1) the time, effort and commitment a distributor puts into
his or her Herbalife business and 2) the product sales made
by a distributor and his or her sales organization.
Under the regulations published by the Government of China,
direct selling companies will be limited to the payment of gross
compensation to direct sellers of 30% of the revenue they
generate through their own sales of products to consumers. The
Company will incur substantial ongoing additional costs relating
to the inclusion in the China business model of company operated
retail stores, employed sales management personnel and company
provided training and certification procedures for sales
personnel, features not common elsewhere in our business model.
Distributors earn the right to receive royalty overrides upon
attaining the level of supervisor and above, and production
bonuses upon attaining the level of Global Expansion Team and
above. Once a distributor becomes a supervisor, he or she has an
incentive to qualify, by earning specified amounts of royalty
overrides, as a member of the Global Expansion Team, the
Millionaire Team or the Presidents Team, and thereby
receive production bonuses
12
of up to 7%. We believe that the right of distributors to earn
royalty overrides and production bonuses contributes
significantly to our ability to retain our most productive
distributors.
Many of our non-supervisor distributors join Herbalife to obtain
a 25% discount on our products and become a discount consumer or
merely have a part-time income goal in mind. Consequently,
non-supervisor earnings tend to be relatively low and are not
tracked by the Company.
Distributor
motivation and training
We believe that motivation and training are key elements in
distributor success and that we and our distributor supervisors
have established a consistent schedule of events to support
these needs. We and our distributor leadership conduct thousands
of training sessions annually on local, regional and global
levels to educate and motivate our distributors. Every month,
there are hundreds of
one-day
Success Training Seminars held throughout the world. Annually,
in each major territory or region, there is a
three-day
World Team School that focuses on product and business
development is typically attended by 2,000 to 10,000
distributors. Additionally, once a year in each region, we host
an Extravaganza at which our distributors from the region can
come to learn about new products, expand their skills and
celebrate their success. In 2006 such events were held in Chile,
Thailand, United States and Greece.
In addition to these training sessions, we have our own
Herbalife Broadcast Network that we use to provide
distributors continual training and the most current product and
marketing information. The Herbalife Broadcast Network can be
seen on the internet.
Distributor reward and recognition is a significant factor in
motivating our distributors. In 2006, we invested over
$60 million in regional and worldwide events and promotions
to motivate our distributors to achieve and exceed both sales
and recruiting goals. Examples of our worldwide promotions are
the 2006 Vacations and the Active World Team Promotion. The 2006
vacations offer incentives for distributors to qualify to
receive a regional vacation or the right to attend a worldwide
event in Los Angeles combined with a vacation in the United
States. The Active World Team Promotions provide cash and
recognition incentives to distributors who may be newer to the
business, but would like to build their foundation.
13
Geographic
Presence
As of December 31, 2006, we conducted business in 63
countries throughout the world. The following chart sets forth
the countries we have opened and currently operate in as of
December 31, 2006 and the year in which we commenced
operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
Country
|
|
Entered
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
|
|
USA
|
|
|
1980
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
1982
|
|
Dominican Republic
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Jamaica
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Mexico and Central
America
|
|
|
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
1989
|
|
Panama
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Costa Rica
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Brazil
|
|
|
1995
|
|
South America and Southeast
Asia
|
|
|
|
|
Australia
|
|
|
1983
|
|
New Zealand
|
|
|
1988
|
|
Venezuela
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Argentina
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Philippines
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Chile
|
|
|
1997
|
|
Thailand
|
|
|
1997
|
|
Indonesia
|
|
|
1998
|
|
India
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Colombia
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Singapore
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Bolivia
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Malaysia
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Peru
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Greater China
|
|
|
|
|
Hong Kong
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Taiwan
|
|
|
1995
|
|
China
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Macau
|
|
|
2002
|
|
North Asia
|
|
|
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
1989
|
|
South Korea
|
|
|
1996
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
1984
|
|
Spain
|
|
|
1989
|
|
Israel
|
|
|
1989
|
|
France
|
|
|
1990
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
1990
|
|
Portugal
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Czech Republic
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
1992
|
|
Netherlands
|
|
|
1993
|
|
Belgium
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Poland
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Denmark
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Sweden
|
|
|
1994
|
|
Russia
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Austria
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Switzerland
|
|
|
1995
|
|
South Africa
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Norway
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Finland
|
|
|
1995
|
|
Greece
|
|
|
1996
|
|
Turkey
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Botswana
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Lesotho
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Namibia
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Swaziland
|
|
|
1998
|
|
Iceland
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Slovak Republic
|
|
|
1999
|
|
Cyprus
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Ireland
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Croatia
|
|
|
2001
|
|
Latvia
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Ukraine
|
|
|
2002
|
|
Estonia
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Lithuania
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Hungary
|
|
|
2005
|
|
In July 2006, we changed our geographic units from four to seven
units as part of our on-going Realignment For Growth efforts.
Historical information presented related to the geographic units
has been reclassified to conform with current geographic
presentation.
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
Countries
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Geographic Unit
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
271.2
|
|
|
$
|
303.7
|
|
|
$
|
357.9
|
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
103.0
|
|
|
|
219.8
|
|
|
|
376.7
|
|
|
|
20.0
|
%
|
|
|
3
|
|
Brazil
|
|
|
68.5
|
|
|
|
111.8
|
|
|
|
138.3
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
|
South America & Southeast
Asia
|
|
|
104.6
|
|
|
|
131.2
|
|
|
|
199.2
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
|
14
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
536.2
|
|
|
|
545.3
|
|
|
|
548.0
|
|
|
|
29.1
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
|
Greater China
|
|
|
91.5
|
|
|
|
112.1
|
|
|
|
130.6
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
4
|
|
North Asia
|
|
|
134.7
|
|
|
|
142.9
|
|
|
|
134.8
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Over the last three years, the top six countries of each year
have gone from representing approximately 51.4% of net sales in
2004 to 58.2% of net sales in 2006 reflecting our broad
geographical diversification.
After entering a new country, in many instances we experience an
initial period of rapid growth in sales as new distributors are
recruited, that is then followed by a decline in sales. We
believe that a significant factor affecting these markets is the
opening of other new markets within the same geographic region
or with the same or similar language or cultural bases. Some
distributors then tend to focus their attention on the business
opportunities provided by these newer markets instead of
developing their established sales organizations in existing
markets. Additionally, in some instances, we have become aware
that certain sales in certain existing markets were attributable
to purchasers who distributed our products in countries that had
not yet been opened. When these countries were opened, the sales
in existing markets shifted to the newly opened markets,
resulting in a decline in sales in the existing markets. To the
extent we decide to open new markets in the future, we will
continue to seek to minimize the impact on distributor focus in
existing markets and to ensure that adequate distributor support
services and other Herbalife systems are in place to support
growth.
Manufacturing
and Distribution
All of our weight management, nutritional and personal care
products are manufactured for us by third party manufacturing
companies, with the exception of products distributed in and
sourced from China, where we have our own manufacturing
facility. However, we own proprietary formulations for
substantially all of our weight management products and dietary
and nutritional supplements. We source our products from
multiple manufacturers, with our top three suppliers accounting
for approximately 40% of our product purchases in 2006. In
addition, each of our products can be made available from a
secondary vendor if necessary. We work closely with our vendors
in an effort to achieve the highest quality standards and
product availability. We also have our own quality control lab
in which we routinely test products received from vendors. We
have established excellent relationships with our manufacturers
and have obtained improvements in supply services, product
quality and product delivery. Historically, we have not been
subject to material price increases by our suppliers, and we
believe that in the event of price increases, we have the
ability to respond to a portion of the price increases by
raising the prices of our products.
In order to coordinate and manage the manufacturing of our
products, we utilize a significant demand planning and
forecasting process that is directly tied to our production
planning and purchasing systems. Using this sophisticated
planning software and process allows us to balance our inventory
levels to provide exceptional service to distributors while
minimizing working capital and inventory obsolescence.
Our global distribution system features centralized distribution
and telephone ordering systems coupled with storefront
distributor service centers. Our major distribution warehouses
have automated
pick-to-light
systems which consistently deliver high order accuracy and
inspection of every shipment before it is sent to delivery.
Shipping and processing standards for orders placed are either
the same day or the following business day. We have central
sales ordering facilities for answering and processing telephone
orders. Operators at these centers are capable of conversing in
multiple languages.
15
Our products are distributed to foreign markets either from the
facilities of our manufacturers or from our Los Angeles or
Venray, Netherlands distribution centers. Products are
distributed in the United States market from our Los Angeles
distribution center, our Memphis distribution center or from our
Dallas sales center. Products distributed globally are generally
transported by truck, cargo ship or plane to our international
markets and are warehoused in either one of our foreign
distribution centers or a contracted third party warehouse and
distribution center. After arrival of the products in a foreign
market, distributors purchase the products from the local
distribution center or the associated sales center. The products
manufactured in Europe are shipped to a centralized warehouse
facility, from which delivery by truck, ship or plane to other
international markets occurs.
Product
Return and Buy-Back Policies
In most markets, our products include a customer satisfaction
guarantee. Under this guarantee, within 30 days of
purchase, any customer who is not satisfied with an Herbalife
product for any reason may return it or any unused portion of it
to the distributor from whom it was purchased for a full refund
from the distributor or credit toward the purchase of another
Herbalife product. If they return the products to us on a timely
basis, distributors may obtain replacements from us for such
returned products. In addition, in most jurisdictions, we
maintain a buy-back program pursuant to which we will repurchase
products sold to a distributor provided that the distributor
resigns as an Herbalife distributor, returns the product in
marketable condition generally within twelve months of original
purchase and meets certain documentation and other requirements.
We believe this buy-back policy addresses a number of the
regulatory compliance issues pertaining to network marketing, in
that it offers monetary protection to distributors who want to
exit the business.
Historically, product returns and buy-backs have not been
significant and have been steadily declining. Product returns,
refunds and buy-back expenses were approximately 1.1%, 1.0% and
1.0% of retail sales in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
Management
Information, Internet and Telecommunication Systems
In order to facilitate our continued growth and support
distributor activities, we continually upgrade our management
information, internet and telecommunication systems. These
systems include: (1) a centralized host computer managed by
Hewlett Packard in Colorado, which is linked to our
international markets through a dedicated wide area network that
provides on-line, real-time computer connectivity and access and
hosts our legacy operating systems and our new Oracle platform;
(2) local area networks of personal computers within our
markets, serving our regional administrative staffs; (3) an
international
e-mail
system through which our employees communicate; (4) a
standardized Northern Telecom Meridian telecommunication system
in most of our markets; (5) a fully integrated Oracle
supply chain management system that has been installed in our
distribution centers; and (6) internet websites to provide
a variety of online services for distributors (status of
qualifications, meeting announcements, product information,
application forms, educational materials and, in the United
States, sales ordering capabilities). These systems are designed
to provide financial and operating data for management, timely
and accurate product ordering, royalty override payment
processing, inventory management and detailed distributor
records. We intend to continue to invest in our systems in order
to strengthen our operating platform.
Regulation
General. In both our United States and foreign
markets, we are affected by extensive laws, governmental
regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and
similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other
constraints exist at the federal, state or local levels in the
United States and at all levels of government in foreign
jurisdictions, including regulations pertaining to: (1) the
formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution,
importation, sale and storage of our products; (2) product
claims and advertising, including direct claims and advertising
by us, as well as claims and advertising by distributors, for
which we may be held responsible; (3) our network marketing
program; (4) transfer pricing and similar regulations that
affect the level of U.S. and foreign taxable income and customs
duties; and (5) taxation of distributors (which in some
instances may impose an obligation on us to collect the taxes
and maintain appropriate records).
16
Products. In the United States, the
formulation, manufacturing, packaging, storing, labeling,
promotion, advertising, distribution and sale of our products
are subject to regulation by various governmental agencies,
including (1) the FDA, (2) the Federal Trade
Commission, or FTC, (3) the Consumer Product Safety
Commission, or CPSC, (4) the United States Department of
Agriculture, or USDA, (5) the Environmental Protection
Agency, or EPA, (6) the United States Postal Service,
(7) United States Customs and Border Protection, and
(8) the Drug Enforcement Administration. Our activities
also are regulated by various agencies of the states, localities
and foreign countries in which our products are manufactured,
distributed and sold. The FDA, in particular, regulates the
formulation, manufacture and labeling of conventional foods,
dietary supplements, cosmetics and
over-the-counter,
or OTC, drugs such as those distributed by us. FDA regulations
require us and our suppliers to meet relevant current good
manufacturing practice, or cGMP regulations for the preparation,
packing and storage of foods and OTC drugs. On March 7,
2003, the FDA released for comment its proposed cGMPs for
dietary supplements. If the FDA issues the final cGMPs for
dietary supplements in 2007, large companies such as Herbalife
will have up to one year to ensure compliance. We expect to see
an increase in certain manufacturing costs as a result of the
necessary increase in testing of raw ingredients and finished
products and compliance with higher quality standards.
Most OTC drugs are subject to FDA Monographs that establish
labeling and composition for these products. Our products must
comply with these Monographs, and our manufacturers must list
all products with the FDA and follow cGMP. Our cosmetic products
are regulated for safety by the FDA, which requires that
ingredients meet industry standards for non-allergenicity and
non-toxicity. Performance claims for cosmetics may not be
therapeutic.
The U.S. 1994 Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act,
or DSHEA, revised the provisions of the Federal Food, Drug and
Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA, concerning the composition and labeling
of dietary supplements and, we believe, is generally favorable
to the dietary supplement industry. The legislation created a
new statutory class of dietary supplements. This new class
includes vitamins, minerals, herbs, amino acids and other
dietary substances for human use to supplement the diet, and the
legislation grandfathers, with some limitations, dietary
ingredients that were on the market before October 15,
1994. A dietary supplement that contains a dietary ingredient
that was not on the market before October 15, 1994 will
require evidence of a history of use or other evidence of safety
establishing that it is reasonably expected to be safe.
Manufacturers or marketers of dietary supplements in the United
States and certain other jurisdictions that make product
performance claims, including structure or function claims, must
have substantiation in their possession that the statements are
truthful and not misleading. The majority of the products
marketed by us in the United States are classified as
conventional foods or dietary supplements under the FFDCA.
Internationally, the majority of products marketed by us are
classified as foods or food supplements.
In January 2000, the FDA issued a regulation that defines the
types of statements that can be made concerning the effect of a
dietary supplement on the structure or function of the body
pursuant to DSHEA. Under DSHEA, dietary supplement labeling may
bear structure or function claims, which are claims that the
products affect the structure or function of the body, without
prior FDA approval, but with notification to the FDA. They may
not bear a claim that they can prevent, treat, cure, mitigate or
diagnose disease (a disease claim). The regulation describes how
the FDA distinguishes disease claims from structure or function
claims. During 2004, the FDA issued a guidance, paralleling an
earlier guidance from the FTC, defining a manufacturers
obligations to substantiate structure/function claims. The FDA
also issued a Structure/Function Claims Small Entity Compliance
Guide. In addition, the agency permits companies to use
FDA-approved full and qualified health claims for products
containing specific ingredients that meet stated requirements.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers, we are subject to the
risk that one or more of the ingredients in our products may
become the subject of regulatory action. A number of states
restricted the sale of dietary supplements containing botanical
sources of ephedrine alkaloids. As a result of these state
regulations, we stopped sales of dietary supplements containing
botanical sources of ephedrine alkaloids due to a shift in
consumer preference for ephedra free products and a
significant increase in products liability insurance premiums
for products containing botanical sources of ephedrine group
alkaloids. On December 31, 2002, we ceased sales of
Thermojetics®
original green herbal tablets containing ephedrine alkaloids
derived from Chinese Ma huang, as well as
Thermojetics®
green herbal tablets and
Thermojetics®
gold herbal tablets (the latter two containing the herb Sida
cordifolia which is another botanical source of ephedrine
alkaloids). On
17
February 6, 2004, the FDA published a rule finding that
dietary supplements containing ephedrine alkaloids present an
unreasonable risk of illness or injury under conditions of use
recommended or suggested in the labeling of the product, or, if
no conditions of use are suggested in the labeling, under
ordinary conditions of use, and are therefore adulterated.
The FDA has on record a small number of reports of adverse
reactions allegedly resulting from the ingestion of our
Thermojetics®
original green tablet. These reports are among thousands of
reports of adverse reactions to these products sold by other
companies.
As a further outgrowth of the FDA ephedra safety review, the
FDA, in January 2004, announced that it would undertake a review
of the safety of the herb Citrus aurantium. We had
previously used Citrus aurantium in the
ShapeWorkstm
total control and
Thermojetics®
green ephedra-free dietary supplements sold in the United States
and in a number of international markets. Unconfirmed reports of
serious adverse events, reportedly associated with Citrus
aurantium, were disclosed by the FDA to the New York Times
during April 2004. Under the Freedom of Information Act, we
obtained a copy of those anecdotal serious adverse event
reports. No Herbalife dietary supplement containing Citrus
aurantium was cited by the FDA. Indeed, many cited products
from other companies did not even contain Citrus
aurantium. Nonetheless, we decided to reformulate our
products and within the United States no longer market dietary
supplements containing Citrus aurantium. Internationally,
due to longer product registration lead times, we are in the
process of reformulating our foreign products containing
Citrus aurantium.
The FDAs decision to ban ephedra triggered a significant
reaction by the national media, some of whom are calling for the
repeal or amendment of DSHEA. These media view supposed
weaknesses within DSHEA as the underlying reason why
ephedra was allowed to remain on the market. We have been
advised that DSHEA opponents in Congress may use this anti-DSHEA
momentum to advance existing or new legislation during the
110th Congress to amend or repeal DSHEA. We currently
expect to see the following: (1) premarket approval for
safety and effectiveness of dietary ingredients;
(2) specific premarket review of dietary ingredient
stimulants that are being used to replace ephedra;
(3) reversal of the burden of proof standard which now
rests on the FDA; and (4) a redefining of dietary
ingredient to remove either botanicals or selected classes
of ingredients now treated as dietary ingredients.
On September 16, 2002, the FDA changed its policies for
notifying companies of anecdotal adverse event reports that the
agency receives for dietary supplements. Since then, to date we
have received twelve anecdotal special nutritional adverse
events reports from the FDA. These anecdotal special nutritional
adverse event reports describe a variety of reported complaints.
While anecdotal redacted adverse event report documents do not
always indicate which product(s) the consumer reportedly
ingested, several adverse event reports, suggest the consumer
ingested varying, sometimes unspecified, Herbalife products,
including two products no longer sold by Herbalife,
Thermojetics Original Green and Thermojetics Gold
dietary supplements. The incidents occurred within varying
intervals of time following the reported use of Herbalife
products. As a result of our receipt of adverse event reports we
may from time to time elect or be required to remove a product
from a market, either permanently or temporarily. We have
refined our processes for gathering and reporting
serious dietary supplement adverse event reports in
those markets where such reporting is required. Currently, this
process is managed by our Scientific Affairs department in
collaboration with our Medical Affairs department and our
Distributor Relations Call Centers.
On March 7, 2003, the FDA proposed a new regulation to
require current good manufacturing practices affecting the
manufacture, packing, and holding of dietary supplements. The
proposed regulation would establish standards to ensure that
dietary supplements and dietary ingredients are not adulterated
with contaminants or impurities, and are labeled to accurately
reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the
products. It also includes proposed requirements for designing
and constructing physical plants, establishing quality control
procedures, and testing manufactured dietary ingredients and
dietary supplements, as well as proposed requirements for
maintaining records and for handling consumer complaints related
to cGMPs. We evaluated this proposal with respect to its
potential impact upon the various contract manufacturers that we
use to manufacture our products, some of which might not meet
the new standards. It is important to note that the proposed
final rule, in an effort to limit disruption, includes a
three-year phase-in for small businesses of any final regulation
that is issued. This will mean that some of our contract
manufacturers will not be fully impacted by the proposed
regulation until
18
at least 2010. However, the proposed final rule can be expected
to result in additional costs and possibly the need to seek
alternate suppliers.
Some of the products marketed by us are considered conventional
foods and are currently labeled as such. Within the United
States, this category of products is subject to the Nutrition,
Labeling and Education Act, or NLEA, and regulations promulgated
under the NLEA. The NLEA regulates health claims, ingredient
labeling and nutrient content claims characterizing the level of
a nutrient in the product. The ingredients added to conventional
foods must either be generally recognized as safe by experts, or
GRAS, or be approved as food additives under FDA regulations.
In foreign markets, prior to commencing operations and prior to
making or permitting sales of our products in the market, we may
be required to obtain an approval, license or certification from
the relevant countrys ministry of health or comparable
agency. Where a formal approval, license or certification is not
required, we nonetheless seek a favorable opinion of counsel
regarding our compliance with applicable laws. Prior to entering
a new market in which a formal approval, license or certificate
is required, we work extensively with local authorities in order
to obtain the requisite approvals. The approval process
generally requires us to present each product and product
ingredient to appropriate regulators and, in some instances,
arrange for testing of products by local technicians for
ingredient analysis. The approvals may be conditioned on
reformulation of our products, or may be unavailable with
respect to some products or some ingredients. Product
reformulation or the inability to introduce some products or
ingredients into a particular market may have an adverse effect
on sales. We must also comply with product labeling and
packaging regulations that vary from country to country. Our
failure to comply with these regulations can result in a product
being removed from sale in a particular market, either
temporarily or permanently.
In 2005, Herbalife voluntarily elected to temporarily withdraw
its Sesame & Herb tablet product from the Israeli
market. This product, which has been on the market since 1989,
was sold only in Israel. Herbalifes voluntary decision to
temporarily withdraw this product accompanied the initiation of
a review by the Israeli Ministry of Health of anecdotal case
reports of individuals having varying liver conditions when it
was reported that a small number of these individuals had
consumed Herbalife products. Herbalife scientists and medical
doctors have closely cooperated with the Ministry of Health to
facilitate this review. This review is ongoing and there can be
no assurances as to the outcome.
The FTC, which exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of
all of our products, has in the past several years instituted
enforcement actions against several dietary supplement companies
and against manufacturers of weight loss products generally for
false and misleading advertising of some of their products.
These enforcement actions have often resulted in consent decrees
and monetary payments by the companies involved. In addition,
the FTC has increased its scrutiny of the use of testimonials,
which we also utilize, as well as the role of expert endorsers
and product clinical studies. Although we have not been the
target of FTC enforcement action for the advertising of our
products, we cannot be sure that the FTC, or comparable foreign
agencies, will not question our advertising or other operations
in the future. It is unclear whether the FTC will subject our
advertisements to increased surveillance to ensure compliance
with the principles set forth in its published advertising
guidance.
In Europe, an EU Health Claim regulation was recently finalized.
The final agreed regulation will have an adverse effect on
existing product wellness, well-being
and good for you claims presently made on existing
product labeling, literature and advertising. We and our
industry allies are vigorously working to address this pending
debate in ongoing discussion with Parliamentarians and the
European Commission.
In some countries, regulations applicable to the activities of
our distributors also may affect our business because in some
countries we are, or regulators may assert that we are,
responsible for our distributors conduct. In these
countries, regulators may request or require that we take steps
to ensure that our distributors comply with local regulations.
The types of regulated conduct include: (1) representations
concerning our products; (2) income representations made by
us and/or
distributors; (3) public media advertisements, which in
foreign markets may require prior approval by regulators; and
(4) sales of products in markets in which the products have
not been approved, licensed or certified for sale.
19
In some markets, it is possible that improper product claims by
distributors could result in our products being reviewed by
regulatory authorities and, as a result, being classified or
placed into another category as to which stricter regulations
are applicable. In addition, we might be required to make
labeling changes.
We are unable to predict the nature of any future laws,
regulations, interpretations or applications, nor can we predict
what effect additional governmental regulations or
administrative orders, when and if promulgated, would have on
our business in the future. They could, however, require:
(1) the reformulation of some products not capable of being
reformulated; (2) imposition of additional record keeping
requirements; (3) expanded documentation of the properties
of some products; (4) expanded or different labeling;
(5) additional scientific substantiation regarding product
ingredients, safety or usefulness;
and/or
(6) additional distributor compliance surveillance and
enforcement action by us.
Any or all of these requirements could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations and financial condition. All
of our officers and directors are subject to a permanent
injunction issued in October 1986 pursuant to the settlement of
an action instituted by the California Attorney General, the
State Health Director and the Santa Cruz County District
Attorney. We consented to the entry of this injunction without
in any way admitting the allegations of the complaint. The
injunction prevents us and our officers and directors from
making specified claims in future advertising of our products
and required us to implement some documentation systems with
respect to payments to our distributors. At the same time, the
injunction does not prevent us from continuing to make specified
claims concerning our products that have been made and are being
made, provided that we have a reasonable basis for making the
claims.
We are aware that, in some of our international markets, there
has been recent adverse publicity concerning products that
contain ingredients that have been genetically modified, or GM.
In some markets, the possibility of health risks or perceived
consumer preference thought to be associated with GM ingredients
has prompted proposed or actual governmental regulation. For
example, the European Union has adopted a EC
Regulation 1829/2003 affecting the labeling of products
containing ingredients that have been genetically modified, and
the documents manufacturers and marketers will need to possess
to ensure traceability at all steps in the chain of
production and distribution. This new regulation, which took
effect in 2004, has been implemented by us and our contract
manufacturers, resulting in modifications to our labeling, and
in some instances, to some of our foods and food supplements
sold in Europe. Differing GM regulations affecting us also have
been adopted in Brazil, Japan, Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. We
cannot anticipate the extent to which future regulations in our
markets will restrict the use of GM ingredients in our products
or the impact of any regulations on our business in those
markets. In response to any applicable regulations, we would,
where practicable, attempt to reformulate our products to
satisfy the regulations. We believe, based upon currently
available information, that compliance with regulatory
requirements in this area should not have a material adverse
effect on us or our business. However, because publicity and
governmental scrutiny of GM ingredients is a relatively new and
evolving area, there can be no assurance in this regard. If a
significant number of our products were found to be genetically
modified and regulations in our markets significantly restricted
the use of GM ingredients in our products, our business could be
materially adversely affected.
We are also in the process of complying with recent regulations
within the European Union, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China,
Hong Kong, Japan, Taiwan, and Thailand affecting the use
and/or
labeling of irradiated raw ingredients. To date, we have dealt
with irradiation compliance questions involving three products
sold in the Netherlands and one product sold in Switzerland.
Compliance with GM, BSE and irradiation regulations can be
expected to increase the cost of manufacturing certain of our
products.
Network marketing program. Our network
marketing program is subject to a number of federal and state
regulations administered by the FTC and various state agencies
as well as regulations in foreign markets administered by
foreign agencies. Regulations applicable to network marketing
organizations generally are directed at ensuring that product
sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement
within our organization is based on sales of the
organizations products rather than investments in the
organization or other non-retail sales related criteria. For
instance, in some markets, there are limits on the extent to
which distributors may earn royalty overrides on sales generated
by distributors that were not directly sponsored by the
distributor.
20
When required by law, we obtain regulatory approval of our
network marketing program or, when this approval is not
required, the favorable opinion of local counsel as to
regulatory compliance. Nevertheless, we remain subject to the
risk that, in one or more markets, our marketing system could be
found not to be in compliance with applicable regulations.
Failure by us to comply with these regulations could have a
material adverse effect on our business in a particular market
or in general.
We also are subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program. For example, in
Webster v. Omnitrition International, Inc., 79 F.3d
776 (9th Cir. 1996), the multi-level marketing program of
Omnitrition International, Inc., or Omnitrition, was
successfully challenged in a class action by Omnitrition
distributors who alleged that Omnitrition was operating an
illegal pyramid scheme in violation of federal and
state laws. We believe that our network marketing program
satisfies the standards set forth in the Omnitrition case and
other applicable statutes and case law defining a legal
marketing system, in part based upon significant differences
between our marketing system and that described in the
Omnitrition case.
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
(Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group pressured
distributors to disseminate misleading promotional materials.
The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
liable for the actions of its independent distributors and is
seeking damages and injunctive relief. The Company believes that
we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
been named as defendants in a class action lawsuit filed
July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in the
State of West Virginia
(Mey v. Herbalife International, Inc.,
et al). The complaint alleges that certain
telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife International
distributors violate the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or
TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
liable for the practices of its distributors. More specifically,
the plaintiffs complaint alleges that several of
Herbalifes distributors used pre-recorded telephone
messages to contact prospective customers in violation of the
TCPAs prohibition of such practices. Herbalifes
distributors are independent contractors and if any such
distributors in fact violated the TCPA, they also violated
Herbalifes policies which require its distributors to
comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws. The
Company believes that we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program outside of the
United States.
Non-U.S. multi-level
marketing programs of other companies have been successfully
challenged in the past, and in a current lawsuit, allegations
have been made challenging the legality of our network marketing
program in Belgium. Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer
protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium,
S.V., or HIB, on August 26, 2004, alleging that HIB
violated Article 84 of the Belgian Fair Trade Practices Act
by engaging in pyramid selling, i.e., establishing a
network of professional or non-professional sales people who
hope to make a profit more through the expansion of that network
rather than through the sale of products to end-consumers.
Currently, the lawsuit is in the pleading stage, and the
plaintiffs filed their initial brief on September 27, 2005.
An adverse judicial determination with respect to our network
marketing program, or in proceedings not involving us directly
but which challenge the legality of multi-level marketing
systems, in Belgium or in any other market in which we operate,
could negatively impact our business. The Company believes that
we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
It is an ongoing part of our business to monitor and respond to
regulatory and legal developments, including those that may
affect our network marketing program. However, the regulatory
requirements concerning network marketing programs do not
include bright line rules and are inherently fact-based. An
adverse judicial determination with respect to our network
marketing program could have a material adverse effect on our
business. An
21
adverse determination could: (1) require us to make
modifications to our network marketing program, (2) result
in negative publicity or (3) have a negative impact on
distributor morale. In addition, adverse rulings by courts in
any proceedings challenging the legality of multi-level
marketing systems, even in those not involving us directly,
could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Transfer pricing and similar regulations. In
many countries, including the United States, we are subject to
transfer pricing and other tax regulations designed to ensure
that appropriate levels of income are reported as earned by our
U.S. or local entities and are taxed accordingly. In
addition, our operations are subject to regulations designed to
ensure that appropriate levels of customs duties are assessed on
the importation of our products.
Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with
all applicable regulations and restrictions, we are subject to
the risk that governmental authorities could audit our transfer
pricing and related practices and assert that additional taxes
are owed. For example, we are currently subject to pending or
proposed audits that are at various levels of review, assessment
or appeal in a number of jurisdictions involving transfer
pricing issues, income taxes, duties, value added taxes,
withholding taxes and related interest and penalties in material
amounts. In some circumstances, additional taxes, interest and
penalties have been assessed, and we will be required to appeal
or litigate to reverse the assessments. We have taken advice
from our tax advisors, and the Company believes that there are
substantial defenses to the allegations that additional taxes
are owing, and we are vigorously defending against the
imposition of additional proposed taxes. The ultimate resolution
of these matters may take several years, and the outcome is
uncertain.
In the event that the audits or assessments are concluded
adversely to us, we may or may not be able to offset or mitigate
the consolidated effect of foreign income tax assessments
through the use of U.S. foreign tax credits. Currently, we
anticipate utilizing the majority of our foreign tax credits in
the year in which they arise with the unused amount carried
forward. Because the laws and regulations governing
U.S. foreign tax credits are complex and subject to
periodic legislative amendment, we cannot be sure that we would
in fact be able to take advantage of any foreign tax credits in
the future. As a result, adverse outcomes in these matters could
have a material impact on our financial condition and operating
results.
Other regulations. We also are subject to a
variety of other regulations in various foreign markets,
including regulations pertaining to social security assessments,
employment and severance pay requirements, import/export
regulations and antitrust issues. As an example, in many
markets, we are substantially restricted in the amount and types
of rules and termination criteria that we can impose on
distributors without having to pay social security assessments
on behalf of the distributors and without incurring severance
obligations to terminated distributors. In some countries, we
may be subject to these obligations in any event.
Our failure to comply with these regulations could have a
material adverse effect on our business in a particular market
or in general. Assertions that we failed to comply with
regulations or the effect of adverse regulations in one market
could adversely affect us in other markets as well by causing
increased regulatory scrutiny in those other markets or as a
result of the negative publicity generated in those other
markets.
Compliance procedures. As indicated above,
Herbalife, our products and our network marketing program are
subject, both directly and indirectly through distributors
conduct, to numerous federal, state and local regulations, both
in the United States and foreign markets. Beginning in 1985, we
began to institute formal regulatory compliance measures by
developing a system to identify specific complaints against
distributors and to remedy any violations of Herbalifes
rules by distributors through appropriate sanctions, including
warnings, suspensions and, when necessary, terminations. In our
manuals, seminars and other training programs and materials, we
emphasize that distributors are prohibited from making
therapeutic claims for our products.
Our general policy regarding acceptance of distributor
applications from individuals who do not reside in one of our
markets is to refuse to accept the individuals distributor
application. From time to time, exceptions to the policy are
made on a
country-by-country
basis.
In order to comply with regulations that apply to both us and
our distributors, we conduct considerable research into the
applicable regulatory framework prior to entering any new market
to identify all necessary licenses and approvals and applicable
limitations on our operations in that market. Typically, we
conduct this research with the assistance of local legal counsel
and other representatives. We devote substantial resources to
obtaining the
22
necessary licenses and approvals and bringing our operations
into compliance with the applicable limitations. We also
research laws applicable to distributor operations and revise or
alter our distributor manuals and other training materials and
programs to provide distributors with guidelines for operating a
business, marketing and distributing our products and similar
matters, as required by applicable regulations in each market.
We, however, are unable to monitor our supervisors and
distributors effectively to ensure that they refrain from
distributing our products in countries where we have not
commenced operations, and we do not devote significant resources
to this type of monitoring.
In addition, regulations in existing and new markets often are
ambiguous and subject to considerable interpretive and
enforcement discretion by the responsible regulators. Moreover,
even when we believe that we and our distributors are initially
in compliance with all applicable regulations, new regulations
regularly are being added and the interpretation of existing
regulations is subject to change. Further, the content and
impact of regulations to which we are subject may be influenced
by public attention directed at us, our products or our network
marketing program, so that extensive adverse publicity about us,
our products or our network marketing program may result in
increased regulatory scrutiny.
It is an ongoing part of our business to anticipate and respond
to new and changing regulations and to make corresponding
changes in our operations to the extent practicable. Although we
devote considerable resources to maintaining our compliance with
regulatory constraints in each of our markets, we cannot be sure
that (1) we would be found to be in full compliance with
applicable regulations in all of our markets at any given time
or (2) the regulatory authorities in one or more markets
will not assert, either retroactively or prospectively or both,
that our operations are not in full compliance. These assertions
or the effect of adverse regulations in one market could
negatively affect us in other markets as well by causing
increased regulatory scrutiny in those other markets or as a
result of the negative publicity generated in those other
markets. These assertions could have a material adverse effect
on us in a particular market or in general. Furthermore,
depending upon the severity of regulatory changes in a
particular market and the changes in our operations that would
be necessitated to maintain compliance, these changes could
result in our experiencing a material reduction in sales in the
market or determining to exit the market altogether. In this
event, we would attempt to devote the resources previously
devoted to the market, to a new market or markets or other
existing markets. However, we cannot be sure that this
transition would not have an adverse effect on our business and
results of operations either in the short or long-term.
Trademarks
and Proprietary Formulas
We use the umbrella trademarks Herbalife and the Tri-Leaf design
worldwide, and protect several other trademarks and trade names
related to our products and operations, such as Shapeworks,
Nourifusion, and
Liftofftm. Our
trademark registrations are issued through the United States
Patent and Trademark Office and comparable agencies in the
foreign countries. We consider our trademarks and trade names to
be an important factor in our business. We also take care in
protecting the intellectual property rights of our proprietary
formulas by restricting access to our formulas within the
Company to those persons or departments that require access to
them to perform their functions, and by requiring our finished
goods-suppliers and consultants to execute supply and
non-disclosure agreements that seek to contractually protect our
intellectual property rights. We also make efforts to protect
some unique formulations under patent law. For example, we have
sought through our employees who invented this product one or
more patents in the United States and certain other markets to
protect the formulation of the
Liftofftm
brand effervescent supplement product. We strive to protect all
new product developments as the confidential trade secrets of
the Company and its inventor employees. However, despite our
efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from
infringing upon or misappropriating our proprietary rights.
Competition
The business of marketing weight management and nutrition
products is highly competitive. This market segment includes
numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and
physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers
both in the United States and abroad. The market is highly
sensitive to the introduction of new products or weight
management plans, including various prescription drugs that may
rapidly capture a significant share of the market. As a result,
our ability to remain competitive depends in part upon the
successful introduction of new products. In addition, we
anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition
23
in the future from sellers that utilize electronic commerce. We
cannot be sure of the impact of electronic commerce or that it
will not adversely affect our business.
We are subject to significant competition for the recruitment of
distributors from other network marketing organizations,
including those that market weight management products,
nutritional supplements and personal care products, as well as
other types of products. Some of our competitors are
substantially larger than we are, and have considerably greater
financial resources than we have. Our ability to remain
competitive depends, in significant part, on our success in
recruiting and retaining distributors through an attractive
compensation plan and other incentives. We believe that our
production bonus program, international sponsorship program and
other compensation and incentive programs provide our
distributors with significant earning potential. However, we
cannot be sure that our programs for recruitment and retention
of distributors will be successful.
Executive
Officers of the Registrant
The table sets forth certain information, as of
December 31, 2006, regarding each person who serves as an
executive officer of the Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position with the Company
|
|
Since
|
|
Michael O. Johnson
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, Director
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Gregory Probert
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
President, Chief Operating Officer
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Richard Goudis
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Brett R. Chapman
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
|
2003
|
|
Paul Noack
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Chief Strategic Officer
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Steve Henig Ph.D.
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
Chief Scientific Officer
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Michael O. Johnson is Chief Executive Officer of the
Company. Mr. Johnson joined the Company in April 2003
after 17 years with The Walt Disney Company, where he most
recently served as President of
Walt Disney International, and also served as
President of Asia Pacific for The Walt Disney Company and
President of Buena Vista Home Entertainment. Mr. Johnson
has also previously served as a publisher of Audio Times
magazine, and has directed the regional sales efforts of
Warner Amex Satellite Entertainment Company for three of its
television channels, including MTV, Nickelodeon and The Movie
Channel. Mr. Johnson is currently a director of Univision
Communications, Inc., a television company serving
Spanish-speaking Americans and serves on the board of Loyola
High School of Los Angeles. Mr. Johnson received his
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science from Western State College.
Gregory Probert is President and Chief Operating Officer
of the Company. Mr. Probert joined the Company in August
2003, after serving as President and CEO of DMX MUSIC for over
2 years. Mr. Probert joined DMX MUSIC after serving as
Chief Operating Officer of planet Lingo from January 2000 to
November 2000, where he led the team that designed and built the
companys first product, an online conversational system
for the $20 billion ESL market in Japan. Immediately prior
to planet Lingo, Mr. Probert spent 12 years with The
Walt Disney Company, where he most recently served as Executive
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer for the
$3.5 billion Buena Vista Home Entertainment worldwide
business. Mr. Proberts positions with The Walt Disney
Company also included service as Executive Vice President and
Managing Director of the International Home Video Division,
Senior Vice President and Managing Director of Buena Vista Home
Entertainment, Asia Pacific Region, based in Hong Kong, and
Chief Financial Officer of Buena Vista International,
Disneys theatrical distribution arm, among others.
Mr. Probert received his Bachelor of Science from the
University of Southern California and his MBA from
California State University, Los Angeles.
Richard Goudis joined the Company in June 2004, as Chief
Financial Officer. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Goudis was the
Chief Operating Officer of Rexall Sundown, a Nasdaq
100 company that was sold to Royal Numico in 2000. After
the sale to Royal Numico, Mr. Goudis had operations
responsibility for all of Royal Numicos
U.S. investments, including General Nutrition Centers, or
GNC, Unicity International and Rexall Sundown. From 2002 to
May 2004, Mr. Goudis was a partner at Flamingo Capital
Partners, a firm he founded with several retired executives from
Rexall Sundown. Prior to working at Rexall Sundown,
Mr. Goudis worked at Sunbeam Corporation and
24
Pratt & Whitney. Mr. Goudis graduated from the
University of Massachusetts with a degree in Accounting and he
received his MBA from Nova Southeastern University.
Brett R. Chapman joined the Company in October 2003, as
General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Chapman spent thirteen years at The Walt Disney
Company, most recently as Senior Vice President and Deputy
General Counsel, with responsibility for all legal matters
relating to Disneys Media Networks Group, including the
ABC Television Network, the companys cable properties
including The Disney Channel and ESPN, and Disneys radio
and internet businesses. Prior to working at The Walt Disney
Company, Mr. Chapman was an associate at the law firm of
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.
Mr. Chapman received his Bachelor of Science and Master of
Science in Business Administration from California State
University, Northridge and his Juris Doctorate from Southwestern
University School of Law.
Paul Noack joined the Company in January 2004, as Senior
Vice President, Corporate Planning and Strategy and was promoted
to Chief Strategic Officer in 2006. Prior to joining the
Company, Mr. Noack spent 3 years at DMX MUSIC as
Senior Vice President and Chief Strategic Officer with
responsibility for the companys strategic alliances and
international operations in Asia, Japan, Latin America and
Canada. Prior to working at DMX MUSIC, Mr. Noack served as
Senior Managing Director of Knightsbridge Holdings, a
San Francisco based merchant banking company and spent
11 years at The Walt Disney Company. Mr. Noack holds a
B.A. from St. Johns University.
Steve Henig, Ph.D. joined the Company in July 2005,
as Chief Scientific Officer. Prior to joining the Company,
Mr. Henig spent 6 years at Ocean Spray Cranberries,
Inc., as Senior Vice President, technology and innovation with
responsibility for the companys new products program and
medical research program. Prior to working at Ocean Spray
Cranberries, Inc. Mr. Henig served as Senior Vice
President, technology and marketing services at Con Agras
Grocery products. Mr. Henig holds a Ph.D. in food science
from Rutgers University, a M.S. in food and biotechnology and a
B.S. in chemical engineering from Technion-Israel Institute of
Technology.
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, we had 3,644 full-time
employees. In China, as of December 31, 2006, we also had
labor contracts with approximately 2,011 sales representatives.
These numbers do not include our distributors, who are
independent contractors rather than employees. Except for some
employees in Mexico and in certain European countries, none of
our employees are members of any labor union, and we have never
experienced any business interruption as a result of any labor
disputes.
Available
Information
Our internet website address is www.Herbalife.com. We
make available free of charge on our website our Annual Reports
on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably
practical after we file such material with, or furnish it to,
the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. This information
is also available in print to any shareholders who request it,
with any such requests addressed to Investor Relations, 1800
Century Park East, Los Angeles, CA 90067. Certain of these
documents may also be obtained by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains
reports, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. We also make
available free of charge on our website our Corporate Governance
Guidelines, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and the
Charters of our Audit Committee, Corporate Governance and
Nominating Committee, and Compensation Committee.
Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of
risk. You should carefully consider the risk factors contained
or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement in
addition to the other information contained or incorporated by
reference herein before deciding whether to invest in our common
shares. If any of the risks actually occurs, our business,
financial condition and results of operations would suffer. In
this case, the trading
25
price of our common shares would likely decline and you might
lose part or all of your investment in our common shares.
Our
failure to establish and maintain distributor relationships for
any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and
harm our financial condition and operating
results.
We distribute our products exclusively through over
1.5 million independent distributors, and we depend upon
them directly for substantially all of our sales. To increase
our revenue, we must increase the number of, or the productivity
of, our distributors. Accordingly, our success depends in
significant part upon our ability to recruit, retain and
motivate a large base of distributors. There is a high rate of
turnover among our distributors, a characteristic of the network
marketing business. The loss of a significant number of
distributors for any reason could negatively impact sales of our
products and could impair our ability to attract new
distributors. In our efforts to attract and retain distributors,
we compete with other network marketing organizations, including
those in the weight management product, dietary and nutritional
supplement and personal care and cosmetic product industries.
Our operating results could be harmed if our existing and new
business opportunities and products do not generate sufficient
interest to retain existing distributors and attract new
distributors.
In light of the high
year-over-year
rate of turnover in our distributor base, we have our
supervisors re-qualify annually in order to help us maintain a
more accurate count of their numbers. For the latest twelve
month re-qualification period ending January 2006, 41.5% of our
supervisors re-qualified. Distributors who purchase our product
for personal consumption or for short-term income goals may stay
with us for several months to one year. Supervisors who have
committed time and effort to build a sales organization will
generally stay for longer periods. Distributors have highly
variable levels of training, skills and capabilities. The
turnover rate of our distributors, and our operating results,
can be adversely impacted if we, and our senior distributor
leadership, do not provide the necessary mentoring, training and
business support tools for new distributors to become successful
sales people in a short period of time.
We estimate that, of our over 1.5 million independent
distributors, we had approximately 408,000 supervisors as of
December 31, 2006. These supervisors, together with their
downline sales organizations, account for substantially all of
our revenues. Our distributors, including our supervisors, may
voluntarily terminate their distributor agreements with us at
any time. The loss of a group of leading supervisors, together
with their downline sales organizations, or the loss of a
significant number of distributors for any reason, could
negatively impact sales of our products, impair our ability to
attract new distributors and harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Since
we cannot exert the same level of influence or control over our
independent distributors as we could were they our own
employees, our distributors could fail to comply with our
distributor policies and procedures, which could result in
claims against us that could harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Our distributors are independent contractors and, accordingly,
we are not in a position to directly provide the same direction,
motivation and oversight as we would if distributors were our
own employees. As a result, there can be no assurance that our
distributors will participate in our marketing strategies or
plans, accept our introduction of new products, or comply with
our distributor policies and procedures.
Extensive federal, state and local laws regulate our business,
our products and our network marketing program. Because we have
expanded into foreign countries, our policies and procedures for
our independent distributors differ due to the different legal
requirements of each country in which we do business. While we
have implemented distributor policies and procedures designed to
govern distributor conduct and to protect the goodwill
associated with Herbalife trademarks and tradenames, it can be
difficult to enforce these policies and procedures because of
the large number of distributors and their independent status.
Violations by our independent distributors of applicable law or
of our policies and procedures in dealing with customers could
reflect negatively on our products and operations and harm our
business reputation. In addition, it is possible that a court
could hold us civilly or criminally accountable based on
vicarious liability because of the actions of our independent
distributors. If any of these events occur, the value of an
investment in our common shares could be impaired. For example,
in Mey v. Herbalife International, et al., the
plaintiff seeks to hold the Company vicariously liable for
actions of certain of its
26
distributors, each of whom is an independent contractor. While
the Company vigorously denies such distributors were acting as
agents of the Company, and although the court specifically did
not rule on the question of vicarious liability, on
April 21, 2006 it did grant the plaintiffs motion to
certify the case as a class action. We believe that we have
meritorious defenses and will continue to vigorously defend this
lawsuit.
Adverse
publicity associated with our products, ingredients or network
marketing program, or those of similar companies, could harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The size of our distribution force and the results of our
operations may be significantly affected by the publics
perception of our Company and similar companies. This perception
is dependent upon opinions concerning:
|
|
|
|
|
the safety and quality of our products and ingredients;
|
|
|
|
the safety and quality of similar products and ingredients
distributed by other companies;
|
|
|
|
our distributors;
|
|
|
|
our network marketing program; and
|
|
|
|
the direct selling business generally.
|
Adverse publicity concerning any actual or purported failure of
our Company or our independent distributors to comply with
applicable laws and regulations regarding product claims and
advertising, good manufacturing practices, the regulation of our
network marketing program, the licensing of our products for
sale in our target markets or other aspects of our business,
whether or not resulting in enforcement actions or the
imposition of penalties, could have an adverse effect on the
goodwill of our Company and could negatively affect our ability
to attract, motivate and retain distributors, which would
negatively impact our ability to generate revenue. We cannot
ensure that all distributors will comply with applicable legal
requirements relating to the advertising, labeling, licensing or
distribution of our products.
In addition, our distributors and consumers
perception of the safety and quality of our products and
ingredients as well as similar products and ingredients
distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced
by national media attention, publicized scientific research or
findings, widespread product liability claims and other
publicity concerning our products or ingredients or similar
products and ingredients distributed by other companies. Adverse
publicity, whether or not accurate or resulting from
consumers use or misuse of our products, that associates
consumption of our products or ingredients or any similar
products or ingredients with illness or other adverse effects,
questions the benefits of our or similar products or claims that
any such products are ineffective, inappropriately labeled or
have inaccurate instructions as to their use, could negatively
impact our reputation or the market demand for our products.
Adverse publicity relating to us, our products or our
operations, including our network marketing program or the
attractiveness or viability of the financial opportunities
provided thereby, has had, and could again have, a negative
effect on our ability to attract, motivate and retain
distributors. In the mid-1980s, our products and marketing
program became the subject of regulatory scrutiny in the United
States, resulting in large part from claims and representations
made about our products by our independent distributors,
including impermissible therapeutic claims. The resulting
adverse publicity caused a rapid, substantial loss of
distributors in the United States and a corresponding
reduction in sales beginning in 1985. We expect that negative
publicity will, from time to time, continue to negatively impact
our business in particular markets.
Our
failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer
preferences and demand for new products or product enhancements
could significantly harm our distributor and customer
relationships and product sales and harm our financial condition
and operating results.
Our business is subject to changing consumer trends and
preferences, especially with respect to weight management
products. Our continued success depends in part on our ability
to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not
respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to such
changes. Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is
characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for
products and new product introductions and enhancements. Our
failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively
impact
27
consumer opinion of our products, which in turn could harm our
customer and distributor relationships and cause the loss of
sales. The success of our new product offerings and enhancements
depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
accurately anticipate customer needs;
|
|
|
|
innovate and develop new products or product enhancements that
meet these needs;
|
|
|
|
successfully commercialize new products or product enhancements
in a timely manner;
|
|
|
|
price our products competitively;
|
|
|
|
manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and
in a timely manner; and
|
|
|
|
differentiate our product offerings from those of our
competitors.
|
If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet
the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of
our products could be rendered obsolete, which could negatively
impact our revenues, financial condition and operating results.
Due to
the high level of competition in our industry, we might fail to
retain our customers and distributors, which would harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The business of marketing weight management and nutrition
products is highly competitive and sensitive to the introduction
of new products or weight management plans, including various
prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant
share of the market. These market segments include numerous
manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians
that actively compete for the business of consumers both in the
United States and abroad. In addition, we anticipate that we
will be subject to increasing competition in the future from
sellers that utilize electronic commerce. Some of these
competitors have longer operating histories, significantly
greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and
sales resources, greater name recognition, larger established
customer bases and better-developed distribution channels than
we do. Our present or future competitors may be able to develop
products that are comparable or superior to those we offer,
adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, evolving
industry trends and standards or customer requirements, or
devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale
of their products than we do. For example, if our competitors
develop other diet or weight loss treatments that prove to be
more effective than our products, demand for our products could
be reduced. Accordingly, we may not be able to compete
effectively in our markets and competition may intensify.
We are also subject to significant competition for the
recruitment of distributors from other network marketing
organizations, including those that market weight management
products, dietary and nutritional supplements and personal care
products as well as other types of products. We compete for
global customers and distributors with regard to weight
management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
Our competitors include both direct selling companies such as
NuSkin Enterprises, Natures Sunshine, Alticor/Amway,
Melaleuca, Avon Products, Oriflame and Mary Kay, as well as
retail establishments such as Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig,
General Nutrition Centers, Wal-Mart and retail pharmacies. In
addition, because the industry in which we operate is not
particularly capital intensive or otherwise subject to high
barriers to entry, it is relatively easy for new competitors to
emerge who will compete with us for our distributors and
customers. In addition, the fact that our distributors may
easily enter and exit our network marketing program contributes
to the level of competition that we face. For example, a
distributor can enter or exit our network marketing system with
relative ease at any time without facing a significant
investment or loss of capital because (1) we have a low
upfront financial cost (generally $50 to $75) to become a
Herbalife distributor, (2) we do not require any specific
amount of time to work as a distributor, (3) we do not
insist on any special training to be a distributor and
(4) we do not prohibit a new distributor from working with
another company. Our ability to remain competitive therefore
depends, in significant part, on our success in recruiting and
retaining distributors through an attractive compensation plan,
the maintenance of an attractive product portfolio and other
incentives. We cannot ensure that our programs for recruitment
and retention of distributors will be successful, and if they
are not, our financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
28
We are
affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
administrative determinations, court decisions and similar
constraints both domestically and abroad, and our failure or our
distributors failure to comply with these restraints could
lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims, which
could harm our financial condition and operating
results.
In both domestic and foreign markets, the formulation,
manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation,
exportation, licensing, sale and storage of our products are
affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations,
administrative determinations, court decisions and similar
constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints may
exist at the federal, state or local levels in the United States
and at all levels of government in foreign jurisdictions. There
can be no assurance that we or our distributors are in
compliance with all of these regulations. Our failure or our
distributors failure to comply with these regulations or
new regulations could lead to the imposition of significant
penalties or claims and could negatively impact our business. In
addition, the adoption of new regulations or changes in the
interpretations of existing regulations may result in
significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales
and may negatively impact the marketing of our products,
resulting in significant loss of sales revenues.
On April 12, 2006 the Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC,
issued a notice of proposed rulemaking which, if implemented,
will regulate all sellers of business opportunities
in the United States. The proposed rule would, among other
things, require all sellers of business opportunities, which
would likely include the Company, to (i) implement a seven
day waiting period before entering into an agreement with a
prospective business opportunity purchaser, and
(ii) provide all prospective business opportunity
purchasers with substantial information in writing at the
beginning of the waiting period regarding the business
opportunity, including information relating to: representations
made as to the earnings experience of other business opportunity
purchasers, the names and telephone numbers of recent purchasers
in their geographic area, cancellation or refund policies and
requests within the prior two years, certain legal actions
against the company, its affiliated companies and company
officers, directors, sales managers and certain others. The
Company, other direct selling companies, the Direct Selling
Association, or the DSA, and other interested parties have filed
over 17,000 comments with the FTC that are publicly available
regarding the proposed rule through the FTCs website at
http://www.ftc.gov/os/comments/businessopprule/index.htm. The
Company, the DSA, other direct selling companies, and other
interested parties also filed rebuttal comments with
the FTC in September, 2006. Based on information currently
available, we anticipate that the final rule may require several
years to become final and effective, and may differ
substantially from the rule as originally proposed. Nevertheless
the proposed rule, if implemented in its original form, would
negatively impact our U.S. business.
Governmental regulations in countries where we plan to commence
or expand operations may prevent or delay entry into those
markets. In addition, our ability to sustain satisfactory levels
of sales in our markets is dependent in significant part on our
ability to introduce additional products into such markets.
However, governmental regulations in our markets, both domestic
and international, can delay or prevent the introduction, or
require the reformulation or withdrawal, of certain of our
products. For example, during the third quarter of 1995, we
received inquiries from certain governmental agencies within
Germany and Portugal regarding our product,
Thermojetics®
Instant Herbal Beverage, relating to the caffeine content
of the product and the status of the product as an instant
tea, which was disfavored by regulators, versus a
beverage. Although we initially suspended the
product sale in Germany and Portugal at the request of the
regulators, we successfully reintroduced it once regulatory
issues were satisfactorily resolved. Any such regulatory action,
whether or not it results in a final determination adverse to
us, could create negative publicity, with detrimental effects on
the motivation and recruitment of distributors and,
consequently, on sales.
On March 7, 2003, the U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, or the FDA, proposed a new regulation to require
current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs, affecting the
manufacture, packing, and holding of dietary supplements. The
proposed regulation would establish standards to ensure that
dietary supplements and dietary ingredients are not adulterated
with contaminants or impurities, and are labeled to accurately
reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the
products. It also includes proposed requirements for designing
and constructing physical plants, establishing quality control
procedures, and testing manufactured dietary ingredients and
dietary supplements, as well as proposed requirements for
maintaining records and for handling consumer complaints related
to cGMPs. We are evaluating this proposal with respect to its
potential impact upon the various contract manufacturers that we
use to manufacture our products, some of whom might not meet the
new standards.
29
It is important to note that the proposed regulation, in an
effort to limit disruption, includes a three-year phase-in for
small businesses of any final regulation that is issued. At such
time as the FDA issues the final cGMP regulation we expect that
some of our smaller contract manufacturers will not be fully
impacted by the proposed regulation for up to three years.
However, the proposed regulation can be expected to result in
additional costs and possibly the need to seek alternate
suppliers.
Our
network marketing program could be found to be not in compliance
with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more
markets, which could prevent us from conducting our business in
these markets and harm our financial condition and operating
results.
Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal
and state regulations administered by the Federal Trade
Commission and various state agencies in the United States as
well as regulations on direct selling in foreign markets
administered by foreign agencies. We are subject to the risk
that, in one or more markets, our network marketing program
could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or
regulations. Regulations applicable to network marketing
organizations generally are directed at preventing fraudulent or
deceptive schemes, often referred to as pyramid or
chain sales schemes, by ensuring that product sales
ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within an
organization is based on sales of the organizations
products rather than investments in the organization or other
non-retail sales-related criteria. The regulatory requirements
concerning network marketing programs do not include
bright line rules and are inherently fact-based, and
thus, even in jurisdictions where we believe that our network
marketing program is in full compliance with applicable laws or
regulations governing network marketing systems, we are subject
to the risk that these laws or regulations or the enforcement or
interpretation of these laws and regulations by governmental
agencies or courts can change. The failure of our network
marketing program to comply with current or newly adopted
regulations could negatively impact our business in a particular
market or in general.
We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to
the legality of our network marketing program. The multi-level
marketing programs of other companies have been successfully
challenged in the past, and in a current lawsuit, allegations
have been made challenging the legality of our network marketing
program in Belgium. Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer
protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium,
S.V., or HIB, on August 26, 2004, alleging that HIB
violated Article 84 of the Belgian Fair Trade Practices Act
by engaging in pyramid selling, i.e., establishing a
network of professional or non-professional sales people who
hope to make a profit more through the expansion of that network
than through the sale of products to end-consumers. The
plaintiff is seeking a payment of 25,000 (equal to
approximately $33,000 as of December 31, 2006) per
purported violation as well as costs of the trial. For the year
ended December 31, 2006, our net sales in Belgium were
approximately $14.4 million. Currently, the lawsuit is in
the pleading stage. The plaintiffs filed their initial brief on
September 27, 2006. We filed a reply brief on May 9,
2006. There is no date yet for the oral hearings. An adverse
judicial determination with respect to our network marketing
program, or in proceedings not involving us directly but which
challenge the legality of multi-level marketing systems, in
Belgium or in any other market in which we operate, could
negatively impact our business.
A
substantial portion of our business is conducted in foreign
markets, exposing us to the risks of trade or foreign exchange
restrictions, increased tariffs, foreign currency fluctuations
and similar risks associated with foreign
operations.
Approximately 82% of our net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2006, were generated outside the
United States, exposing our business to risks associated
with foreign operations. For example, a foreign government may
impose trade or foreign exchange restrictions or increased
tariffs, which could negatively impact our operations. We are
also exposed to risks associated with foreign currency
fluctuations. For instance, purchases from suppliers are
generally made in U.S. dollars while sales to distributors
are generally made in local currencies. Accordingly,
strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency
could have a negative impact on us. Although we engage in
transactions to protect against risks associated with foreign
currency fluctuations, we cannot be certain any hedging activity
will effectively reduce our exchange rate exposure. Our
operations in some markets also may be adversely affected by
political, economic and social instability in foreign countries.
As we continue to
30
focus on expanding our existing international operations, these
and other risks associated with international operations may
increase, which could harm our financial condition and operating
results.
Our
expansion in China is subject to general, as well as
industry-specific, economic, political and legal developments
and risks in China and requires that we utilize a different
business model from that we use elsewhere in the
world.
Our expansion of operations into China is subject to risks and
uncertainties related to general economic, political and legal
developments in China, among other things. The Chinese
government exercises significant control over the Chinese
economy, including but not limited to controlling capital
investments, allocating resources, setting monetary policy,
controlling foreign exchange and monitoring foreign exchange
rates, implementing and overseeing tax regulations, providing
preferential treatment to certain industry segments or companies
and issuing necessary licenses to conduct business. Accordingly,
any adverse change in the Chinese economy, the Chinese legal
system or Chinese governmental, economic or other policies could
have a material adverse effect on our business in China and our
prospects generally.
In August 2005, China published regulations governing direct
selling (effective December 1, 2005) and prohibiting
pyramid promotional schemes (effective November 1, 2005),
and a number of administrative methods and proclamations were
issued in September 2005 and in September 2006. These
regulations will require us to use a business model different
from that which we offer in other markets. To allow us to
operate under these regulations, we have created and introduced
a model specifically for China. In China, we have
Company-operated retail stores that sell through employed sales
management personnel to customers and preferred customers. We
provide training and certification procedures for sales
personnel in China. We also have non-employee sales
representatives who sell through our retail stores. These
features are not common to the business model we employ
elsewhere in the world, and assuming that we are able to obtain
the various approvals necessary to conduct a direct selling
enterprise in China, our business model in China will continue
in some part to incorporate such features. The direct selling
regulations require us to apply for various approvals to conduct
a direct selling enterprise in China. The process for obtaining
the necessary licenses to conduct a direct selling business is
protracted and cumbersome and involves multiple layers of
Chinese governmental authorities and numerous governmental
employees at each layer. While direct selling licenses are
centrally issued, such licenses are generally valid only in the
jurisdictions within which related approvals have been obtained.
Such approvals are generally awarded on local and provincial
bases, and the approval process requires involvement with
multiple ministries at each level. Our participation and conduct
during the approval process is guided not only by distinct
Chinese practices and customs, but is also subject to applicable
laws of China and the other jurisdictions in which we operate
our business, including the U.S., and our internal code of
ethics. There is always a risk that in attempting to comply with
local customs and practices in China during the application
process or otherwise, we will fail to comply with requirements
applicable to us in China itself or in other jurisdictions, and
any such failure to comply with applicable requirements could
prevent us from obtaining the direct selling licenses or related
local or provincial approvals. Furthermore, we rely on certain
key personnel in China to assist us during the approval process,
and the loss of any such key personnel could delay or hinder our
ability to obtain licenses or related approvals. For all of the
above reasons, there can be no assurance that we will obtain
direct-selling licenses, or obtain related approvals from any or
all of the localities or provinces in China that are important
to our business. Our inability to obtain or renew any or all of
the licenses or related approvals that are required for us to
operate in China would negatively impact our business.
Additionally, although certain regulations have been published
with respect to obtaining such approvals, operating under such
approvals and otherwise conducting business in China, others are
pending, and there is uncertainty regarding the interpretation
and enforcement of Chinese regulations. The regulatory
environment in China is evolving, and officials in the Chinese
government exercise broad discretion in deciding how to
interpret and apply regulations. We cannot be certain that our
business model will be deemed by national or local Chinese
regulatory authorities to be compliant with any such
regulations. In the past, the Chinese government has rigorously
monitored the direct selling market in China, and has taken
serious action against companies that the government believed
were engaging in activities they regarded to be in violation of
applicable law, including shutting down their businesses and
imposing substantial fines. As a result, there can be no
guarantee that the Chinese governments
31
current or future interpretation and application of the existing
and new regulations will not negatively impact our business in
China, result in regulatory investigations or lead to fines or
penalties.
Chinese regulations prevent persons who are not Chinese
nationals from engaging in direct selling in China. We cannot
guarantee that any of our distributors living outside of China
or any of our independent sales representatives or employed
sales management personnel in China have not engaged or will not
engage in activities that violate our policies in this market,
or that violate Chinese law or other applicable law, and
therefore result in regulatory action and adverse publicity.
As we expand operations in China, we anticipate that certain
distributors will switch their focus from their home markets to
that of China. As a result, we may see reduced distributor focus
in Hong Kong, Taiwan and possibly other of our markets as
Chinese nationals that are distributors shift their attention to
China, and a resultant reduction in distributor growth,
leadership and revenue in these other countries.
If our operations in China are successful, we may experience
rapid growth in China, and there can be no assurances that we
will be able to successfully manage rapid expansion of
manufacturing operations and a rapidly growing and dynamic sales
force. There also can be no assurances that we will not
experience difficulties in dealing with or taking employment
related actions (such as hiring, terminations and salary
administration, including social benefit payments) with respect
to our employed sales representatives, particularly given the
highly regulated nature of the employment relationship in China.
If we are unable to effectively manage such growth and expansion
of our retail stores, manufacturing operations or our employees,
our government relations may be compromised and our operations
in China may be harmed.
Our China business model, particularly with regard to sales
management responsibilities and remuneration, differs from our
traditional business model. There is a risk that such changes
and transitions may not be understood by our distributors or
employees, may be viewed negatively by our distributors or
employees, or may not be correctly utilized by our distributors
or employees. If that is the case, our business could be
negatively impacted.
If we
fail to further penetrate existing markets or successfully
expand our business into new markets, then the growth in sales
of our products, along with our operating results, could be
negatively impacted.
The success of our business is to a large extent contingent on
our ability to continue to grow by entering new markets and
further penetrating existing markets. Our ability to further
penetrate existing markets in which we compete or to
successfully expand our business into additional countries in
Eastern Europe, Southeast Asia, South America or elsewhere,
to the extent we believe that we have identified attractive
geographic expansion opportunities in the future, is subject to
numerous factors, many of which are out of our control.
In addition, government regulations in both our domestic and
international markets can delay or prevent the introduction, or
require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our
products, which could negatively impact our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Also, our ability to
increase market penetration in certain countries may be limited
by the finite number of persons in a given country inclined to
pursue a direct selling business opportunity. Moreover, our
growth will depend upon improved training and other activities
that enhance distributor retention in our markets. While we have
recently experienced significant growth in certain of our
international markets, such as Mexico, we cannot assure you that
such growth levels will continue in the immediate or long term
future. Furthermore, our efforts to support growth in such
international markets could be hampered to the extent that our
infrastructure in such markets is deficient when compared to our
more developed markets, such as the U.S. Therefore, we
cannot assure you that our general efforts to increase our
market penetration and distributor retention in existing markets
will be successful. Thus, if we are unable to continue to expand
into new markets or further penetrate existing markets, our
operating results would suffer and the market value of our
common shares could decline.
Our
contractual obligation to sell our products only through our
Herbalife distributor network and to refrain from changing
certain aspects of our marketing plan may limit our
growth.
In connection with the going private transaction of our
predecessor company, we entered into an agreement with our
distributors that provided assurances that the change in
ownership of our Company would not negatively
32
affect certain aspects of their business. Through this
agreement, we have committed to our distributors that we will
not sell Herbalife products through any distribution channel
other than our network of independent Herbalife distributors.
Thus, we are contractually prohibited from expanding our
business by selling Herbalife products through other
distribution channels that may be available to our competitors,
such as over the internet, through wholesale sales, by
establishing retail stores or through mail order systems. Since
this is an ongoing or open-ended commitment, there can be no
assurance that we will be able to take advantage of innovative
new distribution channels that are developed in the future.
In addition, our agreement with our distributors provides that
we will not change certain aspects of our marketing plan without
the consent of a specified percentage of our distributors. For
example, our agreement with our distributors provides that we
may increase, but not decrease, the discount percentages
available to our distributors for the purchase of products or
the applicable royalty override percentages, including
roll-ups,
and production and other bonus percentages available to our
distributors at various qualification levels within our
distributor hierarchy. We may not modify the eligibility or
qualification criteria for these discounts, royalty overrides
and production and other bonuses unless we do so in a manner to
make eligibility
and/or
qualification easier than under the applicable criteria in
effect as of the date of the agreement. Our agreement with our
distributors further provides that we may not vary the criteria
for qualification for each distributor tier within our
distributor hierarchy, unless we do so in such a way so as to
make qualification easier.
Although we reserved the right to make these changes to our
marketing plan without the consent of our distributors in the
event that changes are required by applicable law or are
necessary in our reasonable business judgment to account for
specific local market or currency conditions to achieve a
reasonable profit on operations, there can be no assurance that
our agreement with our distributors will not restrict our
ability to adapt our marketing plan to the evolving requirements
of the markets in which we operate. As a result, our growth, and
the potential of growth in the value of your investment in our
common shares, may be limited.
We
depend on the integrity and reliability of our information
technology infrastructure, and any related inadequacies may
result in substantial interruptions to our
business.
Our ability to timely provide products to our distributors and
their customers, and services to our distributors, depends on
the integrity of our information technology system, which we are
in the process of upgrading, including the reliability of
software and services supplied by our vendors. We are
implementing an Oracle enterprise-wide technology solution, a
scalable and stable open architecture platform, to enhance our
and our distributors efficiency and productivity. In
addition, we are upgrading our internet-based marketing and
distributor services platform, MyHerbalife.com.
The most important aspect of our information technology
infrastructure is the system through which we record and track
distributor sales, volume points, royalty overrides, bonuses and
other incentives. We have encountered, and may encounter in the
future, errors in our software or our enterprise network, or
inadequacies in the software and services supplied by our
vendors, although to date none of these errors or inadequacies
has had a meaningful negative impact on our business. Any such
errors or inadequacies that we may encounter in the future may
result in substantial interruptions to our services and may
damage our relationships with, or cause us to lose, our
distributors if the errors or inadequacies impair our ability to
track sales and pay royalty overrides, bonuses and other
incentives, which would harm our financial condition and
operating results. Such errors may be expensive or difficult to
correct in a timely manner, and we may have little or no control
over whether any inadequacies in software or services supplied
to us by third parties are corrected, if at all.
Since
we rely on independent third parties for the manufacture and
supply of our products, if these third parties fail to reliably
supply products to us at required levels of quality, then our
financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
All of our products are manufactured by outside companies,
except for a small amount of products manufactured in our own
manufacturing facility in China. We cannot assure you that our
outside manufacturers will continue to reliably supply products
to us at the levels of quality, or the quantities, we require,
especially after the FDA imposes cGMP regulations.
33
Our supply contracts generally have a two-year term. Except for
force majeure events, such as natural disasters and other acts
of God, and non-performance by Herbalife, our manufacturers
generally cannot unilaterally terminate these contracts. These
contracts can generally be extended by us at the end of the
relevant time period and we have exercised this right in the
past. Globally we have over 40 suppliers of our products. For
our major products, we have both primary and secondary
suppliers. Our major suppliers include Natures Bounty for
protein powders, Fine Foods (Italy) for protein powders and
nutritional supplements, PharmaChem Labs for teas and
Niteworkstm
and JB Labs for fiber. In the event any of our third-party
manufacturers were to become unable or unwilling to continue to
provide us with products in required volumes and at suitable
quality levels, we would be required to identify and obtain
acceptable replacement manufacturing sources. There is no
assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative
manufacturing sources on a timely basis. An extended
interruption in the supply of products would result in the loss
of sales. In addition, any actual or perceived degradation of
product quality as a result of reliance on third party
manufacturers may have an adverse effect on sales or result in
increased product returns and buybacks.
If we
fail to protect our trademarks and tradenames, then our ability
to compete could be negatively affected, which would harm our
financial condition and operating results.
The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon
the goodwill associated with our trademark and tradenames. We
own, or have licenses to use, the material trademark and trade
name rights used in connection with the packaging, marketing and
distribution of our products in the markets where those products
are sold. Therefore, trademark and trade name protection is
important to our business. Although most of our trademarks are
registered in the United States and in certain foreign countries
in which we operate, we may not be successful in asserting
trademark or trade name protection. In addition, the laws of
certain foreign countries may not protect our intellectual
property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United
States. The loss or infringement of our trademarks or tradenames
could impair the goodwill associated with our brands and harm
our reputation, which would harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Unlike in most of the other markets in which we operate, limited
protection of intellectual property is available under Chinese
law. Accordingly, we face an increased risk in China that
unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or
use our trademarks, copyrights, product formulations or other
intellectual property. Further, since Chinese commercial law is
relatively undeveloped, we may have limited legal recourse in
the event we encounter significant difficulties with
intellectual property theft or infringement. As a result, we
cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our
product formulations or other intellectual property.
If our
distributors fail to comply with labeling laws, then our
financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
Although the physical labeling of our products is not within the
control of our independent distributors, our distributors must
nevertheless advertise our products in compliance with the
extensive regulations that exist in certain jurisdictions, such
as the United States, which considers product advertising to be
labeling for regulatory purposes.
Our products are sold principally as foods, dietary supplements
and cosmetics and are subject to rigorous FDA and related legal
regimens limiting the types of therapeutic claims that can be
made for our products. The treatment or cure of disease, for
example, is not a permitted claim for these products. While we
train and attempt to monitor our distributors marketing
materials, we cannot ensure that all such materials comply with
bans on therapeutic claims. If our distributors fail to comply
with these restrictions, then we and our distributors could be
subjected to claims, financial penalties, mandatory product
recalls or relabeling requirements, which could harm our
financial condition and operating results. Although we expect
that our responsibility for the actions of our independent
distributors in such an instance would be dependent on a
determination that we either controlled or condoned a
noncompliant advertising practice, there can be no assurance
that we could not be held vicariously responsible for the
actions of our independent distributors.
34
If our
intellectual property is not adequate to provide us with a
competitive advantage or to prevent competitors from replicating
our products, or if we infringe the intellectual property rights
of others, then our financial condition and operating results
would be harmed.
Our future success and ability to compete depend upon our
ability to timely produce innovative products and product
enhancements that motivate our distributors and customers, which
we attempt to protect under a combination of copyright,
trademark and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and
contractual provisions. However, our products are generally not
patented domestically or abroad, and the legal protections
afforded by our common law and contractual proprietary rights in
our products provide only limited protection and may be
time-consuming and expensive to enforce
and/or
maintain. Further, despite our efforts, we may be unable to
prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating
our proprietary rights or from independently developing
non-infringing products that are competitive with, equivalent to
and/or
superior to our products.
Monitoring infringement
and/or
misappropriation of intellectual property can be difficult and
expensive, and we may not be able to detect any infringement or
misappropriation of our proprietary rights. Even if we do detect
infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights,
litigation to enforce these rights could cause us to divert
financial and other resources away from our business operations.
Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our
proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the
United States.
Additionally, third parties may claim that products we have
independently developed infringe upon their intellectual
property rights. For example, in a recently settled lawsuit
Unither Pharma, Inc. and others had alleged that sales by
Herbalife International of (1) its
Niteworkstm
and Prelox Blue products and (2) its former products
Womans Advantage with DHEA and Optimum Performance
infringed on patents that are licensed to or owned by those
parties. Although we do not believe that we are infringing on
any third party intellectual property rights, there can be no
assurance that one or more of our products will not be found to
infringe upon other third party intellectual property rights in
the future.
Since
one of our products constitutes a significant portion of our
retail sales, significant decreases in consumer demand for this
product or our failure to produce a suitable replacement should
we cease offering it would harm our financial condition and
operating results.
Our Formula 1 meal replacement product constitutes a significant
portion of our sales, accounting for approximately 22.0%, 27.0%
and 28.4% of retail sales for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. If consumer
demand for this product decreases significantly or we cease
offering this product without a suitable replacement, then our
financial condition and operating results would be harmed.
If we
lose the services of members of our senior management team, then
our financial condition and operating results would be
harmed.
We depend on the continued services of our Chief Executive
Officer, Michael O. Johnson, and our current senior management
team and the relationships that they have developed with our
senior distributor leadership, especially in light of the high
level of turnover in our former senior management team, and the
resulting need to reestablish good working relationships with
our senior distributor leadership after the death of our founder
in May 2000. Although we have entered into employment
agreements with many members of our senior management team, and
do not believe that any of them are planning to leave or retire
in the near term, we cannot assure you that our senior managers
will remain with us. The loss or departure of any member of our
senior management team could negatively impact our distributor
relations and operating results. If any of these executives do
not remain with us, our business could suffer. The loss of key
personnel, including our regional managers in Mexico and Central
America, Greater China, Brazil, North America, South America and
Southeast Asia, EMEA, and North Asia, could negatively impact
our ability to implement our business strategy, and our
continued success will also be dependent on our ability to
retain existing, and attract additional, qualified personnel to
meet our needs. We currently do not maintain key
person life insurance with respect to our senior
management team.
35
The
covenants in our existing indebtedness limit our discretion with
respect to certain business matters, which could limit our
ability to pursue certain strategic objectives and in turn harm
our financial condition and operating results.
Our credit facility contains numerous financial and operating
covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries ability
to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
pay dividends, redeem share capital or capital stock and make
other restricted payments and investments;
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt or issue preferred shares;
|
|
|
|
allow the imposition of dividend or other distribution
restrictions on our subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
create liens on our and our subsidiaries assets;
|
|
|
|
engage in transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
guarantee other indebtedness; and
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our
assets and the assets of our subsidiaries.
|
In addition, our credit facility requires us to meet certain
financial ratios and financial conditions. Our ability to comply
with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our
control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry
conditions. Failure to comply with these covenants could result
in a default causing all amounts to become due and payable under
our credit facility, which is secured by substantially all of
our assets, which the lenders thereunder could proceed to
foreclose against.
If we
do not comply with transfer pricing, customs duties, and similar
regulations, then we may be subjected to additional taxes,
duties, interest, and penalties in material amounts, which could
harm our financial condition and operating
results.
As a multinational corporation, in many countries including the
United States we are subject to transfer pricing and other tax
regulations designed to ensure that our intercompany
transactions are consummated at prices that have not been
manipulated to produce a desired tax result, that appropriate
levels of income are reported as earned by our United States or
local entities, and that we are taxed appropriately on such
transactions. In addition, our operations are subject to
regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of
customs duties are assessed on the importation of our products.
We are currently subject to pending or proposed audits that are
at various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number of
jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes,
customs duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes, sales and
use and other taxes and related interest and penalties in
material amounts. In some circumstances, additional taxes,
interest and penalties have been assessed and we will be
required to pay the assessments or litigate to reverse the
assessments. We have reserved in the consolidated financial
statements an amount that we believe represents the most likely
outcome of the resolution of these disputes, but if we are
incorrect in our assessment we may have to pay the full amount
asserted. Ultimate resolution of these matters may take several
years, and the outcome is uncertain. If the United States
Internal Revenue Service or the taxing authorities of any other
jurisdiction were to successfully challenge our transfer pricing
practices or our positions regarding the payment of income
taxes, customs duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes,
sales and use, and other taxes, we could become subject to
higher taxes and our earnings would be adversely affected.
We may
be held responsible for certain taxes or assessments relating to
the activities of our distributors, which could harm our
financial condition and operating results.
Our distributors are subject to taxation, and in some instances,
legislation or governmental agencies impose an obligation on us
to collect taxes, such as value added taxes, and to maintain
appropriate records. In addition, we are subject to the risk in
some jurisdictions of being responsible for social security and
similar taxes with respect to our distributors. In the event
that local laws and regulations or the interpretation of local
laws and regulations change to require us to treat our
independent distributors as employees, or that our distributors
are deemed by local regulatory authorities in one or more of the
jurisdictions in which we operate to be our employees rather
than independent contractors under existing laws and
interpretations, we may be held responsible for social security
and related taxes
36
in those jurisdictions, plus any related assessments and
penalties, which could harm our financial condition and
operating results.
We may
incur material product liability claims, which could increase
our costs and harm our financial condition and operating
results.
Our products consist of herbs, vitamins and minerals and other
ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements
and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the
United States. Our products could contain contaminated
substances, and some of our products contain innovative
ingredients that do not have long histories of human
consumption. We generally do not conduct or sponsor clinical
studies for our products and previously unknown adverse
reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients
could occur. As a marketer of dietary and nutritional
supplements and other products that are ingested by consumers or
applied to their bodies, we have been, and may again be,
subjected to various product liability claims, including that
the products contain contaminants, the products include
inadequate instructions as to their uses, or the products
include inadequate warnings concerning side effects and
interactions with other substances. It is possible that
widespread product liability claims could increase our costs,
and adversely affect our revenues and operating income.
Moreover, liability claims arising from a serious adverse event
may increase our costs through higher insurance premiums and
deductibles, and may make it more difficult to secure adequate
insurance coverage in the future. In addition, our product
liability insurance may fail to cover future product liability
claims, thereby requiring us to pay substantial monetary damages
and adversely affecting our business. Finally, given the higher
level of self-insured retentions that we have accepted under our
current product liability insurance policies, which are as high
as approximately $10 million, in certain cases we may be
subject to the full amount of liability associated with any
injuries, which could be substantial.
Several years ago, a number of states restricted the sale of
dietary supplements containing botanical sources of ephedrine
alkaloids and on February 6, 2004 the FDA banned the use of
such ephedrine alkaloids. Until late 2002 we had sold
Thermojetics®
original green herbal tablets,
Thermojetics®
green herbal tablets and
Thermojetics®
gold herbal tablets, all of which contained ephedrine alkaloids.
Accordingly, we run the risk of product liability claims related
to the ingestion of ephedrine alkaloids contained in those
products. Currently, we have been named as a defendant in
product liability lawsuits seeking to link the ingestion of
certain of the aforementioned products to subsequent alleged
medical problems suffered by plaintiffs. Although we believe
that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations contained
in these lawsuits, and are vigorously defending these claims,
there can be no assurance that we will prevail in our defense of
any or all of these matters.
One of
our shareholders exerts significant influence over us and has
the power to significantly influence the approval or rejection
of all shareholder actions and may take actions that conflict
with your interests.
As of February 16, 2007, affiliates of Whitney &
Co., LLC own approximately 25.9% of the voting power of our
share capital. Whitney & Co., LLC has the power to
exert significant influence over us and the approval or
rejection of any matter on which our shareholders may vote,
including the election of directors, amendment of our memorandum
and articles of association and approval of significant
corporate transactions as well as our management and policies.
This influence over corporate actions may also delay, deter or
prevent transactions that would result in a change of control
not involving Whitney & Co., LLC. Moreover,
Whitney & Co., LLC may have interests that conflict
with yours.
We are
subject to, among other things, requirements regarding the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. In
connection with these requirements, we conduct regular audits of
our business and operations. Our failure to identify or correct
deficiencies and areas of weakness in the course of these audits
could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
We are required to comply with various corporate governance and
financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, as well as new rules and regulations adopted by the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board and the New York Stock Exchange. In
particular, we are required to include management and auditor
reports on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial
reporting as part of our annual report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2006, pursuant to
Section 404
37
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to continue to spend
significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these
rules. Our failure to correct any noted weaknesses in internal
controls over financial reporting could result in the disclosure
of material weaknesses which could have a material adverse
effect upon the market value of our stock.
On a regular and on-going basis, we conduct audits through our
internal audit department of various aspects of our business and
operations. These internal audits are conducted to insure
compliance with our policies and to strengthen our operations
and related internal controls. The Audit Committee of our Board
of Directors regularly reviews the results of these internal
audits and, when appropriate, suggests remedial measures and
actions to correct noted deficiencies or strengthen areas of
weakness. There can be no assurance that these internal audits
will uncover all material deficiencies or areas of weakness in
our operations or internal controls. If left undetected and
uncorrected, such deficiencies and weaknesses could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results
of operations.
From time to time, the results of these internal audits may
necessitate that we conduct further investigations into aspects
of our business or operations. At the time of the filing of our
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2006, one such
investigation was pending. This investigation concerned certain
activities related to one of our foreign subsidiaries and
related matters, and involved possible violations of applicable
law. The then pending review of this investigation necessitated
our filing of a request for extension on
Form 12b-25
with the SEC. This investigation has now been completed, and the
Audit Committee of our Board of Directors has adopted, and we
have begun to implement, a remediation plan in response to the
related findings. We believe the results of this investigation
will not have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations. In addition, our business
practices and operations may periodically be investigated by one
or more of the many governmental authorities with jurisdiction
over our worldwide operations. In the event that these
investigations produce unfavorable results, we may be subjected
to fines, penalties or loss of licenses or permits needed to
operate in certain jurisdictions, any one of which could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of
operations.
Holders
of our common shares may face difficulties in protecting their
interests because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands
law.
Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated
memorandum and articles of association, and by the Companies Law
(2004 Revision) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The
rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of
our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly
established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence
in jurisdictions in the United States. Therefore, shareholders
may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the
face of actions by our management, directors or controlling
shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation
incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States, due to the
comparatively less developed nature of Cayman Islands law in
this area.
Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands
law does not specifically provide for shareholder appraisal
rights on a merger or consolidation of a company. This may make
it more difficult for shareholders to assess the value of any
consideration they may receive in a merger or consolidation or
to require that the offer give shareholders additional
consideration if they believe the consideration offered is
insufficient.
Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies such as
ourselves have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to
inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of
lists of our shareholders. Our directors have discretion under
our articles of association to determine whether or not, and
under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by
our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to
our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to
obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary
for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other
shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.
Subject to limited exceptions, under Cayman Islands law, a
minority shareholder may not bring a derivative action against
the board of directors. Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands
counsel, has informed us that they are not aware of any reported
class action or derivative action having been brought in a
Cayman Islands court.
38
Provisions
of our articles of association and Cayman Islands corporate law
may impede a takeover or make it more difficult for shareholders
to change the direction or management of the Company, which
could adversely affect the value of our common shares and
provide shareholders with less input into the management of the
Company than they might otherwise have.
Our articles of association permit our board of directors to
issue preference shares from time to time, with such rights and
preferences as they consider appropriate. Our board of directors
could authorize the issuance of preference shares with terms and
conditions and under circumstances that could have an effect of
discouraging a takeover or other transaction.
In addition, our articles of association contain certain other
provisions which could have an effect of discouraging a takeover
or other transaction or preventing or making it more difficult
for shareholders to change the direction or management of our
Company, including a classified board, the inability of
shareholders to act by written consent, a limitation on the
ability of shareholders to call special meetings of shareholders
and advance notice provisions. As a result, our shareholders may
have less input into the management of our Company than they
might otherwise have if these provisions were not included in
our articles of association.
Unlike many jurisdictions in the United States, Cayman Islands
law does not provide for mergers as that expression is
understood under corporate law in the United States. However,
Cayman Islands law does have statutory provisions that provide
for the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, which are
commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as schemes of
arrangement. The procedural and legal requirements
necessary to consummate these transactions are more rigorous and
take longer to complete than the procedures typically required
to consummate a merger in the United States. Under Cayman
Islands law and practice, a scheme of arrangement in relation to
a solvent Cayman Islands company must be approved at a
shareholders meeting by each class of shareholders, in
each case, by a majority of the number of holders of each class
of a companys shares that are present and voting (either
in person or by proxy) at such a meeting, which holders must
also represent 75% in value of such class issued that are
present and voting (either in person or by proxy) at such
meeting (excluding the shares owned by the parties to the scheme
of arrangement).
The convening of these meetings and the terms of the
amalgamation must also be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the
Cayman Islands. Although there is no requirement to seek the
consent of the creditors of the parties involved in the scheme
of arrangement, the Grand Court typically seeks to ensure that
the creditors have consented to the transfer of their
liabilities to the surviving entity or that the scheme of
arrangement does not otherwise have a material adverse effect on
the creditors interests. Furthermore, the Grand Court will
only approve a scheme of arrangement if it is satisfied that:
|
|
|
|
|
the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied
with;
|
|
|
|
the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in
question;
|
|
|
|
the scheme of arrangement is such as a businessman would
reasonably approve; and
|
|
|
|
the scheme or arrangement is not one that would more properly be
sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.
|
There
is uncertainty as to shareholders ability to enforce
certain foreign civil liabilities in the Cayman
Islands.
We are incorporated as an exempted company with limited
liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands. A material
portion of our assets are located outside of the United States.
As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to enforce
judgments against us or judgments obtained in U.S. courts
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal
securities laws of the United States or any state of the United
States.
We have been advised by our Cayman Islands counsel, Maples and
Calder, that although there is no statutory enforcement in the
Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the
courts of the Cayman Islands will based on the
principle that a judgment by a competent foreign court imposes
upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which
judgment has been given recognize and enforce a
foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such
judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, not in respect of taxes
or a fine or
39
penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in
respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in a manner,
and is not of a kind, the enforcement of which is contrary to
the public policy of the Cayman Islands. There is doubt,
however, as to whether the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands
will (a) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal
securities laws of the United States or any state of the
United States, or (b) in original actions brought in
the Cayman Islands, impose liabilities predicated upon the civil
liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the
United States or any state of the United States, on the grounds
that such provisions are penal in nature.
The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if
concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
|
|
Item 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
We lease all of our physical properties. Our executive offices,
located in Century City, California, include approximately
121,000 square feet of general office space leased under
arrangements expiring in August 2007 and August 2008. During the
summer of 2008 we expect to relocate our executive offices to
the LA Live complex in downtown Los Angeles where we will occupy
approximately 60,000 square feet under a lease expiring in
2018. We lease approximately 225,000 square feet of general
office space in Torrance, California with terms expiring in
October 2016 for our North America and South America and
Southeast Asia regional headquarters, including some of our
corporate support functions. Additionally, we lease warehouse
facilities in Los Angeles and Memphis of approximately
82,000 square feet and 130,000 square feet,
respectively. The Los Angeles and Memphis lease agreements have
terms through June 2011 and December 2016, respectively. In
Venray, Netherlands, we lease our European centralized warehouse
of approximately 150,000 square feet under an arrangement
expiring in June 2007. In Guadalajara, Mexico we lease
approximately 13,000 square feet of general office space
and approximately 156,000 square feet of warehouse space
with terms expiring in November 2007 and October 2008,
respectively. We also lease warehouse, manufacturing plant and
office space in a majority of our other geographic areas of
operation. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate
to meet our current requirements and that comparable space is
readily available at each of these locations.
|
|
Item 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
We are from time to time engaged in routine litigation. We
regularly review all pending litigation matters in which we are
involved and establish reserves deemed appropriate by management
for these litigation matters when a probable loss estimate can
be made.
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
(Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group pressured
distributors to disseminate misleading promotional materials.
The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
liable for the actions of its independent distributors and is
seeking damages and injunctive relief. The Company believes that
we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
been named as defendants in a class action lawsuit filed
July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in the
State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife International,
Inc., et al). On April 21, 2006, the court granted
plaintiffs motion for class certification in West
Virginia. The complaint alleges that certain telemarketing
practices of certain Herbalife International distributors
40
violate the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or TCPA, and
seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously liable for the
practices of its distributors. More specifically, the
plaintiffs complaint alleges that several of Herbalife
Internationals distributors used pre-recorded telephone
messages to contact prospective customers in violation of the
TCPAs prohibition of such practices. Herbalife
Internationals distributors are independent contractors
and if any such distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also
violated Herbalifes policies which require its
distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state and
local laws. The Company believes that we have meritorious
defenses to the suit.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various
product liability claims. The effects of these claims to date
have not been material to us, and the reasonably possible range
of exposure on currently existing claims is not material to us.
We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations
contained in the lawsuits. We currently maintain product
liability insurance with an annual deductible of
$10 million.
Certain of our subsidiaries have been subject to tax audits by
governmental authorities in their respective countries. In
certain of these tax audits, governmental authorities are
proposing that significant amounts of additional taxes and
related interest and penalties are due. We and our tax advisors
believe that there are substantial defenses to their allegations
that additional taxes are owing, and we are vigorously
contesting the additional proposed taxes and related charges.
These matters may take several years to resolve, and we cannot
be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is our opinion
that adverse outcomes, if any, will not likely result in a
material effect on the Companys financial condition and
operating results. This opinion is based on our belief that any
losses it suffers would not be material and that it has
meritorious defenses. Although we have reserved an amount that
we believe represents the likely outcome of the resolution of
these disputes, if we are incorrect in our assessment we may
have to record additional expenses.
|
|
Item 4.
|
SUBMISSION
OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
|
None.
PART II
|
|
Item 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Information
with Respect to our Common Shares
Our common shares have been listed on the New York Stock
Exchange, or NYSE, and trade under the symbol HLF.
The following table sets forth the range of the high and low
sales prices for our common shares in each of the relevant
fiscal quarters presented, based upon quotations on the NYSE
consolidated transaction reporting system.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
March 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
16.70
|
|
|
$
|
15.10
|
|
June 30, 2005
|
|
$
|
21.86
|
|
|
$
|
14.52
|
|
September 30, 2005
|
|
$
|
30.50
|
|
|
$
|
21.00
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
33.75
|
|
|
$
|
25.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
March 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
35.55
|
|
|
$
|
29.41
|
|
June 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
41.21
|
|
|
$
|
32.91
|
|
September 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
40.95
|
|
|
$
|
27.73
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
41.34
|
|
|
$
|
35.24
|
|
41
The market price of our common shares is subject to fluctuations
in response to variations in our quarterly operating results,
general trends in the market for our products and product
candidates, economic and currency exchange issues in the foreign
markets in which we operate and other factors, many of which are
not within our control. In addition, broad market fluctuations,
as well as general economic, business and political conditions
may adversely affect the market for our common shares,
regardless of our actual or projected performance.
The closing price of our common shares on February 16, 2007, was
$37.65. The approximate number of holders of record of our
common shares as of February 16, 2007 was 1,079. This number of
holders of record does not represent the actual number of
beneficial owners of our common shares because shares are
frequently held in street name by securities dealers
and others for the benefit of individual owners who have the
right to vote their shares.
Performance
Graph
Our Common Shares began trading on the NYSE on December 16,
2004. Set forth below is information comparing the cumulative
total shareholder return and share price appreciation plus
dividends on our Common Shares with the cumulative total return
of the S&P 500 Index and a market weighted index of publicly
traded peers for the period from December 16, 2004 through
December 31, 2006. The graph assumes that $100 is invested
in each of our Common Shares, the S&P 500 Index and the
index of publicly traded peers on December 16, 2004 and
that all dividends were reinvested. The publicly traded
companies in the peer group are Avon Products, Inc.,
Natures Sunshine Products, Inc., Tupperware Corporation,
Nu Skin Enterprises Inc., USANA Health Sciences Inc., Weight
Watchers International, Inc. and Mannatech, Inc.
Comparison
of Cumulative Total Return
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Measurement Period
|
|
|
12/16/04
|
|
12/31/04
|
|
12/31/05
|
|
12/31/06
|
Herbalife Ltd.
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
116.07
|
|
|
$
|
232.29
|
|
|
$
|
286.86
|
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
100.72
|
|
|
$
|
105.67
|
|
|
$
|
122.36
|
|
Peer Index
|
|
$
|
100.00
|
|
|
$
|
100.80
|
|
|
$
|
85.38
|
|
|
$
|
97.51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Information
with Respect to Dividends
In December 2004, we used a portion of the net proceeds from the
initial public offering of our common shares to pay a special
dividend of $2.64 per common share, or $139.7 million,
to our shareholders of record on
42
December 14, 2004. In addition, we paid a special cash
dividend of $0.12 per common share, or $6.3 million,
to our shareholders of record on December 13, 2004. No
dividends were paid in 2005 or 2006.
The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors,
including our net earnings, financial condition, restrictions
imposed by our credit agreement, cash requirements, future
prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of
directors. Although our Board of Directors periodically reviews
the merits of paying cash dividends, we currently have no plans
to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Information
with Respect to Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2006,
information with respect to (a) number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and
rights, (b) the weighted average exercise price of
outstanding options, warrants and rights and (c) the number
of securities remaining available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Available for
|
|
|
|
to be Issued
|
|
|
Weighted Average
|
|
|
Future Issuance Under
|
|
|
|
Upon Exercise of
|
|
|
Exercise Price of
|
|
|
Equity Compensation Plans
|
|
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
|
Outstanding Options,
|
|
|
(Excluding Securities
|
|
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
|
Warrants and Rights
|
|
|
in Column (a))
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
Equity compensation plans approved
by security holders
|
|
|
9,674,750
|
|
|
$
|
16.16
|
|
|
|
4,526,359
|
|
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
9,674,750
|
|
|
$
|
16.16
|
|
|
|
4,526,359
|
|
43
|
|
Item 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following table sets forth certain of our historical
financial data. We have derived the selected historical
consolidated financial data, the seven month period ended
July 31, 2002, the five month period ended
December 31, 2002 and the years ended December 31,
2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006, from our audited financial statements
and the related notes. Not all periods shown below are included
in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected consolidated historical financial data set forth
below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future
operations and should be read in conjunction with the discussion
under the heading Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
and the historical consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this document. All
common share and earnings per share data gives effect to a 1:2
reverse stock split, which took effect December 1, 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 1 to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1 to
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
July 31, 2002
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
|
Income Statement
Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
644,188
|
|
|
$
|
449,524
|
|
|
$
|
1,159,433
|
|
|
$
|
1,309,663
|
|
|
$
|
1,566,750
|
|
|
$
|
1,885,534
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
140,553
|
|
|
|
95,001
|
|
|
|
235,785
|
|
|
|
269,913
|
|
|
|
315,746
|
|
|
|
380,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
503,635
|
|
|
|
354,523
|
|
|
|
923,648
|
|
|
|
1,039,750
|
|
|
|
1,251,004
|
|
|
|
1,505,196
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
227,233
|
|
|
|
159,915
|
|
|
|
415,351
|
|
|
|
464,892
|
|
|
|
555,665
|
|
|
|
675,245
|
|
Selling, General and
Administrative Expenses(1)
|
|
|
207,390
|
|
|
|
135,536
|
|
|
|
401,261
|
|
|
|
436,139
|
|
|
|
476,268
|
|
|
|
573,005
|
|
Acquisition transaction expenses(2)
|
|
|
54,708
|
|
|
|
6,183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income(1)
|
|
|
14,304
|
|
|
|
52,889
|
|
|
|
107,036
|
|
|
|
138,719
|
|
|
|
219,071
|
|
|
|
256,946
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
1,364
|
|
|
|
(23,898
|
)
|
|
|
(41,468
|
)
|
|
|
(123,305
|
)
|
|
|
(43,924
|
)
|
|
|
(39,541
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes and
minority interest
|
|
|
15,668
|
|
|
|
28,991
|
|
|
|
65,568
|
|
|
|
15,414
|
|
|
|
175,147
|
|
|
|
217,405
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
6,267
|
|
|
|
14,986
|
|
|
|
28,721
|
|
|
|
29,725
|
|
|
|
82,007
|
|
|
|
74,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before minority
interest
|
|
|
9,401
|
|
|
|
14,005
|
|
|
|
36,847
|
|
|
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
|
93,140
|
|
|
|
143,139
|
|
Minority interest
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
9,212
|
|
|
$
|
14,005
|
|
|
$
|
36,847
|
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
|
$
|
143,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
|
$
|
2.02
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.27
|
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
1.92
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding Basic
|
|
|
32,387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
68,972
|
|
|
|
70,814
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
33,800
|
|
|
|
51,021
|
|
|
|
53,446
|
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
72,491
|
|
|
|
74,509
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail sales(3)
|
|
$
|
1,047,690
|
|
|
$
|
731,505
|
|
|
$
|
1,894,384
|
|
|
$
|
2,146,241
|
|
|
$
|
2,575,716
|
|
|
$
|
3,100,205
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
|
37,901
|
|
|
|
28,039
|
|
|
|
94,350
|
|
|
|
80,110
|
|
|
|
143,352
|
|
|
|
184,447
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
18,995
|
|
|
|
(456,046
|
)
|
|
|
3,152
|
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
(32,526
|
)
|
|
|
(66,808
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
(35,292
|
)
|
|
|
491,519
|
|
|
|
(18,831
|
)
|
|
|
(23,160
|
)
|
|
|
(225,890
|
)
|
|
|
(55,044
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
11,722
|
|
|
|
11,424
|
|
|
|
55,605
|
|
|
|
43,896
|
|
|
|
35,436
|
|
|
|
29,995
|
|
Capital expenditures(4)
|
|
|
6,799
|
|
|
|
3,599
|
|
|
|
20,435
|
|
|
|
30,279
|
|
|
|
32,604
|
|
|
|
66,870
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(5)
|
|
$
|
76,024
|
|
|
$
|
156,380
|
|
|
$
|
201,577
|
|
|
$
|
88,248
|
|
|
$
|
154,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
29,026
|
|
|
|
31,977
|
|
|
|
29,546
|
|
|
|
37,266
|
|
|
|
51,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
56,868
|
|
|
|
59,397
|
|
|
|
71,092
|
|
|
|
109,785
|
|
|
|
146,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total working capital
|
|
|
7,186
|
|
|
|
1,521
|
|
|
|
(1,556
|
)
|
|
|
14,094
|
|
|
|
132,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
855,705
|
|
|
|
903,964
|
|
|
|
948,701
|
|
|
|
837,801
|
|
|
|
1,016,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
340,759
|
|
|
|
325,294
|
|
|
|
486,217
|
|
|
|
263,092
|
|
|
|
185,438
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity(6)
|
|
|
191,274
|
|
|
|
237,788
|
|
|
|
64,342
|
|
|
|
168,888
|
|
|
|
353,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Dividends per common share
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The year ended December 31, 2003 includes $5.1 million
in legal and related costs associated with litigation resulting
from the Acquisition. The year ended December 31, 2006
includes approximately $7.5 million of severance and
related expense, in the fourth quarter of 2006 associated with
the Realignment For Growth plan efforts. |
|
(2) |
|
The seven months ended July 31, 2002 and the five months
ended December 31, 2002, include fees and expenses related
to the Acquisition. |
|
(3) |
|
Prior to 2003, we reported retail sales on the face of our
consolidated income statement in addition to the required
disclosure of net sales. Retail sales represent the gross sales
amount reflected on our invoices to our distributors. We do not
receive the retail sales amount. Product sales
represent the actual product purchase price paid to us by our
distributors, after giving effect to distributor discounts
referred to as distributor allowances, which total
approximately 50% of suggested retail sales prices. Distributor
allowances as a percentage of sales may vary by country
depending upon regulatory restrictions that limit or otherwise
restrict distributor allowances. Net sales
represents product sales and handling and freight income. |
|
|
|
Retail sales data is referred to in Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. Our use of retail sales reflect the
fundamental role of retail sales in our accounting
systems, internal controls and operations, including the basis
upon which the distributors are being paid. In addition,
information in daily and monthly reports reviewed by our
management relies on retail sales data. |
|
|
|
The following represents the reconciliation of retail sales to
net sales for each of the periods set forth above: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
January 1 to
|
|
|
August 1 to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Retail sales
|
|
$
|
1,047,690
|
|
|
$
|
731,505
|
|
|
$
|
1,894,384
|
|
|
$
|
2,146,241
|
|
|
$
|
2,575,716
|
|
|
$
|
3,100,205
|
|
Distributor allowance
|
|
|
(492,997
|
)
|
|
|
(345,145
|
)
|
|
|
(899,264
|
)
|
|
|
(1,021,196
|
)
|
|
|
(1,225,441
|
)
|
|
|
(1,472,527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
|
554,693
|
|
|
|
386,360
|
|
|
|
995,120
|
|
|
|
1,125,045
|
|
|
|
1,350,275
|
|
|
|
1,627,678
|
|
Handling and freight income
|
|
|
89,495
|
|
|
|
63,164
|
|
|
|
164,313
|
|
|
|
184,618
|
|
|
|
216,475
|
|
|
|
257,856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
644,188
|
|
|
$
|
449,524
|
|
|
$
|
1,159,433
|
|
|
$
|
1,309,663
|
|
|
$
|
1,566,750
|
|
|
$
|
1,885,534
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Includes acquisition of property from capitalized leases of
$2.1 million, $1.4 million, $6.8 million,
$7.2 million, $1.1 million and $2.6 million for
the seven months ended July 31, 2002, the five months ended
December 31, 2002, the years ended December 31, 2003,
2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. |
45
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Includes restricted cash of $10.6 million and
$5.7 million as of December 31, 2002 and
December 31, 2003, respectively, and $1.3 million of
marketable securities at December 31, 2002. |
|
(6) |
|
In December 2004 we used a portion of the net proceeds from the
initial public offering of our common shares to pay an aggregate
of $139.7 million in special cash dividends, or $2.64
dollar amount per common share, to our shareholders of record on
December 14, 2004. In addition, we paid an aggregate of
$6.3 million in special cash dividends, or $0.12 per
common share, to shareholders on record on December 13,
2004. In March 2004 in conjunction with the conversion of our
12% preferred shares into common shares we paid a total of
$221.6 million to the preferred shareholders including,
$38.5 million, representing accrued and unpaid dividends. |
|
|
Item 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
You should read the following discussion and analysis in
conjunction with Selected Financial Data and our
consolidated financial statements and related notes, each
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Overview
We are a global network marketing company that sells weight
management, nutritional supplement and personal care products.
We pursue our mission of changing peoples
lives by providing a financially rewarding business
opportunity to distributors and quality products to distributors
and their customers who seek a healthy lifestyle. We are one of
the largest network marketing companies in the world with net
sales of approximately $1.9 billion for the year ended
December 31, 2006. We sell our products in 63 countries
through a network of over 1.5 million independent
distributors. In China, in order to comply with local
legislation, we sell our products through retail stores and an
employed sales force. We believe the quality of our products and
the effectiveness of our distribution network, coupled with
geographic expansion, have been the primary reasons for our
success throughout our
27-year
operating history.
We offer products in three principal categories: weight
management products, nutritional supplements which we refer to
as Targeted Nutrition and personal care products
which we refer to as Outer
Nutrition®.
Our products are often sold in programs, which are comprised of
a series of related products designed to simplify weight
management and nutrition for consumers and maximize our
distributors cross-selling opportunities.
Industry-wide factors that affect us and our competitors include
the increasing prevalence of obesity and the aging of the
worldwide population, which are driving demand for nutrition and
wellness-related products and the recruitment and retention of
distributors.
The opportunities and challenges upon which we are most focused
are: retailing of our products, recruitment and retention of
distributors and improving distributor productivity, new
markets, further penetrating existing markets including China,
globalizing successful distributor methods of operation (such as
Nutrition Clubs), introducing new products, developing niche
market segments and further investing in our infrastructure.
In July 2006, we changed our geographic units from four to seven
units as part of our on-going realignment for growth efforts.
These changes are intended to create growth opportunities for
our distributors, support faster decision making across the
organization by reducing layers of management, improve the
sharing of ideas and tools and accelerate growth in our high
potential markets. Under the new geographic units we report
revenue from:
|
|
|
|
|
North America, which consists of the U.S., Canada, Jamaica and
the Dominican Republic;
|
|
|
|
Mexico and Central America, which consists of Mexico, Costa Rica
and Panama;
|
|
|
|
Brazil;
|
|
|
|
South America and Southeast Asia, which includes New Zealand and
Australia and excludes Brazil;
|
|
|
|
EMEA, which consists of Europe, the Middle East and Africa;
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
Greater China, which consists of China, Taiwan and Hong
Kong; and
|
|
|
|
North Asia, which consists of Japan and Korea.
|
Historical information presented related to our geographic units
has been reclassified to conform with our current geographic
presentation.
A key non-financial measure we focus on is Volume Points on a
Royalty Basis, or Volume Points, which is essentially our
weighted unit measure of product sales volume. It is a useful
measure for us, as it excludes the impact of foreign currency
fluctuations and ignores the differences generated by varying
retail pricing across geographic markets. In general, an
increase in Volume Points in a particular group or country
directionally indicates an increase in local currency net sales.
Volume
Points by Geographic Unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(Volume points in millions)
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
415.2
|
|
|
|
(7.6
|
)%
|
|
|
471.0
|
|
|
|
13.4
|
%
|
|
|
551.7
|
|
|
|
17.1
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
181.8
|
|
|
|
43.1
|
%
|
|
|
363.5
|
|
|
|
99.9
|
%
|
|
|
616.0
|
|
|
|
69.5
|
%
|
Brazil
|
|
|
123.8
|
|
|
|
53.8
|
%
|
|
|
161.3
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
%
|
|
|
173.7
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
South America & Southeast
Asia
|
|
|
144.2
|
|
|
|
32.8
|
%
|
|
|
185.4
|
|
|
|
28.6
|
%
|
|
|
263.8
|
|
|
|
42.3
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
574.5
|
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
|
|
572.9
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
|
558.9
|
|
|
|
(2.4
|
)%
|
Greater China
|
|
|
121.6
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
%
|
|
|
141.0
|
|
|
|
16.0
|
%
|
|
|
151.5
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
North Asia
|
|
|
117.1
|
|
|
|
(27.3
|
)%
|
|
|
124.9
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
%
|
|
|
118.8
|
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
1,678.2
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
|
|
2,020.0
|
|
|
|
20.4
|
%
|
|
|
2,434.4
|
|
|
|
20.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
New Supervisors by Geographic Unit as of Reporting
Period
Another key non-financial measure on which we focus is the
number of distributors qualified as new supervisors under our
compensation system. Distributors qualify for supervisor status
based on their Volume Points. The growth in the number of new
supervisors is a general indicator of the level of distributor
recruitment, which generally drives net sales in a particular
country or group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
24,786
|
|
|
|
(7.1
|
)%
|
|
|
29,332
|
|
|
|
18.3
|
%
|
|
|
35,553
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
11,298
|
|
|
|
35.8
|
%
|
|
|
24,403
|
|
|
|
116.0
|
|
|
|
42,185
|
|
|
|
72.9
|
|
Brazil
|
|
|
16,745
|
|
|
|
44.6
|
%
|
|
|
19,174
|
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
|
|
21,627
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
South America & Southeast
Asia
|
|
|
17,626
|
|
|
|
25.9
|
%
|
|
|
22,032
|
|
|
|
25.0
|
|
|
|
34,141
|
|
|
|
55.0
|
|
EMEA
|
|
|
39,555
|
|
|
|
(4.4
|
)%
|
|
|
38,786
|
|
|
|
(1.9
|
)
|
|
|
36,892
|
|
|
|
(4.9
|
)
|
Greater China
|
|
|
11,800
|
|
|
|
26.6
|
%
|
|
|
14,185
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
17,105
|
|
|
|
20.6
|
|
North Asia
|
|
|
7,690
|
|
|
|
(45.6
|
)%
|
|
|
9,311
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
|
|
9,602
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
129,500
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
157,223
|
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
|
|
197,105
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
Supervisors and retention rates by Geographic Unit as of
Requalification Period
Our compensation system requires each supervisor to re-qualify
for such status each year, prior to February. In February of
each year, we delete from the rank of supervisor those
distributors who did not satisfy the supervisor qualification
requirements during the preceding twelve months. Distributors
who meet the supervisor requirements
47
at any time during the year are promoted to supervisor status at
that time, including any supervisors who were deleted, but who
subsequently requalified.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Supervisors
|
|
|
Supervisors Retention Rate
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
North America
|
|
|
42,703
|
|
|
|
41,262
|
|
|
|
45,778
|
|
|
|
37.5
|
%
|
|
|
38.6
|
%
|
|
|
41.2
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
13,399
|
|
|
|
19,045
|
|
|
|
38,344
|
|
|
|
46.8
|
%
|
|
|
50.6
|
%
|
|
|
57.4
|
%
|
Brazil
|
|
|
14,645
|
|
|
|
21,605
|
|
|
|
27,318
|
|
|
|
30.3
|
%
|
|
|
31.2
|
%
|
|
|
29.0
|
%
|
South America and Southeast Asia
|
|
|
17,720
|
|
|
|
23,983
|
|
|
|
30,846
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
%
|
|
|
32.0
|
%
|
|
|
31.6
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
70,239
|
|
|
|
65,485
|
|
|
|
66,103
|
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
44.0
|
%
|
|
|
45.0
|
%
|
Greater China
|
|
|
12,866
|
|
|
|
16,673
|
|
|
|
19,447
|
|
|
|
28.3
|
%
|
|
|
36.8
|
%
|
|
|
34.7
|
%
|
North Asia
|
|
|
19,762
|
|
|
|
13,872
|
|
|
|
15,736
|
|
|
|
28.2
|
%
|
|
|
36.5
|
%
|
|
|
48.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
|
191,334
|
|
|
|
201,925
|
|
|
|
243,572
|
|
|
|
35.6
|
%
|
|
|
39.7
|
%
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supervisors must requalify annually. The requalification period
covers the twelve months starting in February and ending the
following January. The number of supervisors by geographic unit
as of the reporting dates will normally be higher than the
number of supervisors by geographic unit as of the
requalification period because supervisors who do not requalify
during the relevant twelve-month period will be dropped from the
rank of supervisor the following February. For the latest twelve
month re-qualification period ending January 2007, approximately
42.5 percent of our supervisors re-qualified. In order to
increase retailing of our products, we modified our
requalification criteria in 2005 to retain more supervisors.
Since supervisors purchase most of our products for resale to
other distributors and consumers, comparisons of supervisor
totals on a
year-to-year,
same period basis are good indicators of our recruitment and
retention efforts in different geographic units.
The value of the average monthly purchase of Herbalife products
by our supervisors has remained relatively constant over time.
Consequently, increases in our sales are driven primarily by our
retention of supervisors and by our recruitment and retention of
distributors, rather than through increases in the productivity
of our overall supervisor base.
We provide distributors with products, support material,
training, special events and a competitive compensation program.
If a distributor wants to pursue the Herbalife business
opportunity, the distributor is responsible for growing his or
her business and personally pays for the sales activities
related to attracting new customers and recruiting distributors
by hosting events such as Herbalife Opportunity Meetings or
Success Training Seminars; by advertising Herbalifes
products; by purchasing and using promotional materials such as
t-shirts, buttons and caps; by utilizing and paying for direct
mail and print material such as brochures, flyers, catalogs,
business cards, posters and banners and telephone book listings;
by purchasing inventory for sale or use as samples; and by
training, mentoring and following up, in person or via the phone
or internet, with customers and recruits on how to use Herbalife
products
and/or
pursue the Herbalife business opportunity.
Presentation
Retail Sales represent the gross sales amounts on
our invoices to distributors before distributor allowances (as
defined below), and Net Sales, which reflect
distribution allowances and handling and freight income,
represent what we collect and recognize as net sales in its
financial statements. We discuss Retail Sales because of its
fundamental role in our compensation systems, internal controls
and operations, including its role as the basis upon which
distributor discounts, royalties and bonuses are awarded. In
addition, it is used as the basis for certain information
included in daily and monthly reports reviewed by our
management. However, such a measure is not in accordance with
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the U.S., or GAAP.
You should not consider Retail Sales in isolation from, nor as a
substitute for, net sales and other consolidated income or cash
flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP, or as a
measure of profitability or liquidity. A reconciliation of Net
Sales to Retail Sales is presented below under Results of
Operations. Product Sales represent the actual
product purchase price paid to us by our distributors, after
giving effect to distributor discounts referred to as
distributor allowances, which approximate 50% of
retail sales prices. Distributor allowances as a percentage of
sales may vary by country depending upon regulatory restrictions
that limit or otherwise restrict distributor allowances.
48
Our gross profit consists of net sales less
cost of sales, which represents the prices we pay to
our raw material suppliers and manufacturers of our products as
well as costs related to product shipments, duties and tariffs,
freight expenses relating to shipment of products to
distributors and importers and similar expenses.
Royalty Overrides are our most significant expense
and consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
royalty overrides and production bonuses which total
approximately 15% and 7%, respectively, of the retail sales of
Weight Management, Targeted Nutrition, Outer
Nutrition®
and promotional products;
|
|
|
|
the Mark Hughes bonus payable to some of our most senior
distributors in the aggregate amount of up to 1% of retail sales
of Weight Management, Targeted Nutrition, Outer
Nutrition®
and promotional products; and
|
|
|
|
other discretionary incentive cash bonuses to qualifying
distributors.
|
Royalty Overrides are generally earned based on retail sales,
and approximate in the aggregate about 22% of retail sales or
approximately 36% of our net sales. Royalty Overrides together
with distributor allowances represent the potential earnings to
distributors of up to approximately 73% of retail sales. The
compensation to distributors is generally for the development,
retention and improved productivity of their distributor sales
organizations and is paid to several levels of distributors on
each sale. Due to restrictions on direct selling in China, our
full-time employed sales representatives in China are
compensated with wages, bonuses and benefits instead of the
distributors earnings, distributor allowances and royalty
overrides. Because of local country regulatory constraints, we
may be required to modify our typical distributor incentive
plans as described above. Consequently, the total distributor
discount percentage may vary over time. We also offer reduced
distributor allowances and pay reduced royalty overrides with
respect to certain products worldwide.
Our operating margins consist of net sales less cost
of sales and royalty overrides.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
represent our operating expenses, components of which include
labor and benefits, sales events, professional fees, travel and
entertainment, distributor marketing, occupancy costs,
communication costs, bank fees, depreciation and amortization,
foreign exchange gains and losses and other miscellaneous
operating expenses.
Most of our sales to distributors outside the United States are
made in the respective local currencies. In preparing our
financial statements, we translate revenues into
U.S. dollars using average exchange rates. Additionally,
the majority of our purchases from our suppliers generally are
made in U.S. dollars. Consequently, a strengthening of the
U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative
impact on our reported sales and operating margins and can
generate transaction losses on intercompany transactions.
Throughout the last five years, foreign currency exchange rates
have fluctuated significantly. From time to time, we enter into
foreign exchange forward contracts and option contracts to
mitigate our foreign currency exchange risk.
Summary
Financial Results
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased
53.7% to $143.1 million, or $1.92 per diluted share,
compared with $93.1 million, or $1.28 per diluted
share, for 2005. The increase was driven by revenue growth
primarily in Mexico and the U.S. markets, lower interest
expense following a debt refinancing in July 2006 and a lower
effective income tax rate.
Net income for 2006 included $14.3 million additional
interest expense related to the refinancing arrangements in July
2006, a $3.7 million tax benefit resulting from an
international income tax settlement, a $2.7 million
additional tax benefit from refinancing transactions, a
$2.2 million favorable impact of the adjustment to income
tax accrual and a $4.9 million unfavorable after tax impact
in connection with the Re-alignment For Growth plan in the
fourth quarter of 2006, partially offset by a $7.0 million
expense in connection with the adoption of the new accounting
rules for stock based compensation and a $12.4 million
charge for the continued build-out of China infrastructure. Net
income for 2005 included a $14.2 million additional
interest expense related to the clawback of the 9.5% Notes,
a favorable after tax impact of a $2.3 million charge
relating to a change in allowance for uncollectible royalty
overrides receivables from distributors in the third quarter of
2005 and a non-cash tax charge of $5.5 million associated
with moving our China subsidiary within the global corporate
structure in the second quarter of 2005. Overall, appreciation
of foreign currencies had a $0.6 million unfavorable impact
on net income in 2006.
49
Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased
20.3% to $1,885.5 million from $1,566.8 million in
2005. The increase reflects the continued retailing success from
distributors using the Nutrition Club operating method in Mexico
and U.S., who have adopted similar methods. Another large
distributor group within the U.S. had significant success
with a retailing model that focus on generating sales leads from
mailing free samples to potential customers. The growth in the
two markets accounted for 65.2% of the overall increase in net
sales. Brazil and other South American countries also
experienced significant sales growth while net sales in
Southeast Asia were up primarily due to the opening of Malaysia
in January 2006. We have continued our expansion in the Chinese
market and now have 42 stores in 21 provinces and we expect to
have over 100 stores in more than 30 provinces at the end of
2007. The expansion in China resulted in a $26.9 million
increase in net sales and a 16.5% overall increase for the
Greater China region. Net sales in the other regions, Europe and
North Asia, were flat and down 5.6%, respectively, when compared
to net sales in 2005. Overall, the appreciation of foreign
currencies had a $15.2 million favorable impact on net
sales in 2006 representing about 1.0% of the total sales
increase.
Results
of Operations
Our results of operations for the periods described below are
not necessarily indicative of results of operations for future
periods, which depend upon numerous factors, including our
ability to recruit new distributors and retain existing
distributors, open new markets and further penetrate existing
markets, and introduce new products and programs that will help
our distributors increase their retail efforts, and develop
niche market segments.
The following table sets forth selected results of our
operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the
periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
20.6
|
|
|
|
20.1
|
|
|
|
20.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
79.4
|
|
|
|
79.9
|
|
|
|
79.8
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
35.5
|
|
|
|
35.5
|
|
|
|
35.8
|
|
Selling, General &
Administrative expenses
|
|
|
33.3
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
30.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
14.0
|
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
(9.4
|
)
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
Year
ended December 31, 2006 compared to year ended
December 31, 2005
Net
Sales
The following chart reconciles Retail Sales to Net Sales:
Sales by
Geographic Region
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
488.3
|
|
|
$
|
(232.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
255.6
|
|
|
$
|
48.1
|
|
|
$
|
303.7
|
|
|
$
|
576.2
|
|
|
$
|
(275.0
|
)
|
|
$
|
301.2
|
|
|
$
|
56.7
|
|
|
$
|
357.9
|
|
|
|
17.8
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
369.1
|
|
|
|
(178.9
|
)
|
|
|
190.2
|
|
|
|
29.6
|
|
|
|
219.8
|
|
|
|
634.0
|
|
|
|
(307.9
|
)
|
|
|
326.1
|
|
|
|
50.6
|
|
|
|
376.7
|
|
|
|
71.4
|
%
|
Brazil
|
|
|
185.2
|
|
|
|
(88.5
|
)
|
|
|
96.7
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
111.8
|
|
|
|
227.8
|
|
|
|
(108.9
|
)
|
|
|
118.9
|
|
|
|
19.4
|
|
|
|
138.3
|
|
|
|
23.7
|
%
|
South America and Southeast Asia
|
|
|
217.1
|
|
|
|
(101.6
|
)
|
|
|
115.5
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
131.2
|
|
|
|
343.9
|
|
|
|
(166.4
|
)
|
|
|
177.5
|
|
|
|
21.7
|
|
|
|
199.2
|
|
|
|
51.8
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
890.4
|
|
|
|
(424.1
|
)
|
|
|
466.3
|
|
|
|
79.0
|
|
|
|
545.3
|
|
|
|
895.5
|
|
|
|
(430.0
|
)
|
|
|
465.5
|
|
|
|
82.5
|
|
|
|
548.0
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
Greater China
|
|
|
191.4
|
|
|
|
(92.0
|
)
|
|
|
99.4
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
112.1
|
|
|
|
204.2
|
|
|
|
(85.2
|
)
|
|
|
119.0
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
|
|
130.6
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
%
|
North Asia
|
|
|
234.2
|
|
|
|
(107.6
|
)
|
|
|
126.6
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
142.9
|
|
|
|
218.6
|
|
|
|
(99.1
|
)
|
|
|
119.5
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
|
|
|
134.8
|
|
|
|
(5.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
2,575.7
|
|
|
$
|
(1,225.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,350.3
|
|
|
$
|
216.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
$
|
3,100.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,472.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,627.7
|
|
|
$
|
257.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in net sales are directly associated with the recruiting
and retention of our distributor force, retailing of our
products, the quality and completeness of the product offerings
that the distributor force has to sell and the number of
countries in which we operate. Managements role, both
in-country and at the corporate level is to provide distributors
with a competitive and broad product line, encourage strong
teamwork and leadership among the Chairmans Club and
Presidents Team distributors and offer leading edge
business tools to make doing business with Herbalife simple.
Management uses the distributor marketing program coupled with
educational and motivational tools and promotions to incentivize
distributors to increase recruiting, retention and retailing,
which in turn affect net sales. Such tools include corporate
sales events such as Extravaganzas and World Team Schools where
large groups of distributors gather, thus allowing them to
network with other distributors, learn recruiting, retention and
retailing techniques from our leading distributors and become
more familiar with how to market and sell our products and
business opportunities. Accordingly, management believes that
these development and motivation programs can increase the
productivity of the supervisor network. The expenses for such
programs are included in Selling General &
Administrative Expenses. Sales are driven by several factors,
including the number and productivity of distributors and
supervisors who continually build, educate and motivate their
respective distribution and sales organizations. We also use
event and non-event product promotions to motivate distributors
to increase recruiting, retention and retailing activities.
These promotions have prizes ranging from qualifying for events
to prizes and vacations. The costs of these promotions are
included in Selling, General & Administrative Expenses.
The factors described above have helped distributors increase
their business, which in turn has driven growth in our business.
The following net sales by geographic unit discussion further
details some of the above factors and describes unique growth
factors specific to certain major countries. We believe that the
correct business foundation, coupled with ongoing training and
promotional initiatives is required to increase recruiting and
retention of distributors and retailing our products. The
correct business foundation includes strong country management
that works closely with the distributor leadership, unified
distributor leadership, a broad product line that appeals to
local consumer needs, a favorable regulatory environment, a
scalable and stable technology platform and an attractive
distributor marketing plan. Initiatives such as Success Training
Seminars, World Team Schools, Promotional Events and regional
Extravaganzas are integral components of developing a highly
motivated and educated distributor sales organization that will
work toward increasing the recruitment and retention of
distributors.
51
Our strategy will continue to include creating and maintaining
growth within existing markets while expanding into new markets.
We expect to increase our spending in Selling,
General & Administrative Expenses to maintain or
stimulate sales growth, while making strategic investments in
new initiatives and in new markets. In addition, new ideas and
distributor business methods are being generated in our regional
markets, either by distributors, country management or corporate
management. Examples are the Nutrition Clubs in Mexico, the
Total Plan in Brazil, The Wellness Coach in France, The Sampling
Program in the U.S., and Generation Herbalife, or GenH, in the
many markets, as described under Net Sales below.
Managements strategy is to review the applicability of
expanding successful country initiatives throughout a region
and/or
globally and where appropriate, and financially support the
globalization of these initiatives.
North
America
Net sales in North America increased $54.2 million, or
17.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to
2005. In local currency, net sales increased by 17.4% for the
year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. The
fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a positive impact of
$1.0 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2006. The overall increase was a result of net
sales growth in the U.S. of $53.5 million, or 18.8%,
for the year ended December 31, 2006. The
U.S. continues to benefit from strong retailing, especially
from an increasing Latino distribution base, the improved
retention of the distributor force that retails our products and
a product line and business opportunity that is attractive to
the demographics in this country.
In the U.S. we have also expanded branding efforts to
include sponsorship of the AVP Volleyball Tour, the Bay to
Breakers Run, the 2006 Amgen Tour of California bicycle race,
the AEG Home Depot Center in Torrance, CA, and the 2006 Nautica
Triatholon; and various new promotions including the 2006 Active
World Team promotion and the 2006 President Team Challenge. In
2006 we introduced several new products, including a convenient
water mixable version of our top selling Formula One shake, a
reformulated and reduced retail price version of our Garden
7tm
product, NouriFusion personal care line in individual use
packets and most recently launched Best Defense and Skin
Activator Line Extensions. We believe that the above activities
were critical to maintain and expand upon the positive momentum,
created within the U.S. distributors sales force.
We believe that 2007 sales in North America will continue its
positive year over year growth primarily as a result of the
expected continuation of strong momentum in the U.S. The
rapid success and expansion of the Nutrition Club Daily Method
of Operation, or DMO, and increased distribution focus on
providing samples of product in individual use packets. To
further support the retailing and recruiting efforts of our
distributors, we plan to open a new sales center in Phoenix, AZ
during the first quarter of 2007 and, in particular, to
stimulate sales within the vicinity of the new sales center.
Mexico
and Central America
Net sales in Mexico and Central America for the year ended
December 31, 2006 increased $156.9 million, or 71.4%,
as compared to 2005. In local currency, net sales for the year
ended December 31, 2006 increased by 72.0%, as compared to
2005. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an
unfavorable impact of $1.4 million on net sales for the
year ended December 31, 2006. The overall increase was a
result of net sales growth in Mexico of $154.3 million, or
70.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to
2005.
The increase in new supervisors along with continued expansion
of distributors adopting the Nutrition Clubs DMO contributed to
the net sales growth in Mexico and improved the distributor
retention rate to 57% and supervisor growth, up 81.9% at
December 31, 2006, as compared to December 31, 2005.
We estimate that distributors are operating approximately 34,000
Nutrition Clubs in Mexico. During 2006 we opened an additional
sales center in Mexico City, held a Presidents Team Tour
attended by approximately 9,000 distributors, hosted the Mexico
Extravaganza in Mexico City, which was attended by over 11,000
distributors and held two Active Supervisor Schools, which
approximately 4,300 distributors attended. Additionally, we
relocated our Mexico headquarters and main warehouse in
Guadalajara and plan to open a new sales center in the Mexico
City to support the expansion of our business. During December
2006, we held several Supervisor Training Schools, which over
11,500 distributors attended.
52
We believe that the full year 2007 sales in Mexico and Central
America will be flat as compared to 2006 sales levels. We
believe that the root causes of this declining in the
year-over-year
growth rate are related to infrastructure, training and
distributor business practice issues. We have outlined an
infrastructure plan to double distributor access points to our
products and improve their overall customer service experience.
In the fourth quarter of 2006 we added three new third party
sales centers and intend to add another six in the first half of
2007 to improve our product availability in remote areas. We
have developed a comprehensive training plan with our Mexican
distributor leadership to improve the quality of service to
their nutrition club customers and are also implementing an
extensive training and compliance auditing program surrounding
our Nutrition Club DMO to promote distributor best practices
that we believe are hampering our Nutrition Club growth. We
believe that these efforts should result in Mexico sales
regaining momentum towards the second half of the year 2007 that
should bring the full year net sales levels even with full year
2006.
Brazil
Net sales in Brazil increased $26.5 million or 23.7% for
the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. In
local currency, net sales increased by 11.1% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a favorable impact of
$14.2 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
The net sales growth trend in Brazil is a result of strong
supervisor growth, up 15.0% at December 31, 2006, as
compared to 2005, strong distributor leadership, a highly
effective country management team and the introduction of a new
distributor promotion launched in the third quarter of 2006. In
addition, expansion of the Total Plan lead generation method and
the introduction of the Nutrition Club method, or DMO, in this
market have been key catalysts for growth. During the year we
held a World Team School attended by over 4,500 distributors and
launched the NouriFusion personal care line. Additionally, we
held our Brazil Extravaganza during December 2006, which
approximately 11,000 distributors attended.
We believe the 2007 sales in Brazil will continue its positive
year over year growth primarily as a result of the increase in
the Nutrition Club DMO and plans to refine our product portfolio
to help us compete more aggressively in the personal care
industry by leveraging our product knowledge and the Total Plan
DMO, as well as expanding locally manufactured products.
Although net sales in Brazil are expected to increase in 2007 on
a year over year basis, we began experiencing a slower revenue
growth rate in 2006 that is expected to continue through 2007.
South
America and Southeast Asia
Net sales in South America and Southeast Asia increased
$68.0 million or 51.8% for the year ended December 31,
2006, as compared to 2005. In local currency, net sales
increased 49.8% for the year ended December 31, 2006, as
compared to the same period of 2005. The fluctuation of foreign
currency rates had a $2.5 million favorable impact on net
sales for the year ended December 31, 2006. The overall
increase was attributable mainly to net sales increases in
Colombia, Argentina, Venezuela and Bolivia and the opening of
Malaysia in February 2006 as a new market. During the year we
held an extravaganza for the Southeast Asia region in Bangkok,
Thailand, which was attended by over 15,000 distributors from 13
countries, held a South America extravaganza in Brazil, held
Supervisor Mega Schools in the South American markets, reaching
more than 6,500 distributors, conducted a World Training School
in Korea, which approximately 5,000 distributors attended and
opened Peru in December 2006.
Colombia, Argentina, Venezuela and Bolivia experienced sales
increases of 233.0%, 67.5%, 63.2% and 132.7%, respectively for
the year ended December 31, 2006. This growth was the
result of new supervisor growth and positive momentum from the
local events, including Millionaires Retreats held in
Panama and Pucon, Chile, sponsored activities such as the
Bogota, Colombia Marathon during the third quarter of 2006 and
several new product launches, Cell Activator and Cell U Loss in
Chile and Total Control in Venezuela.
We opened our Malaysia market in February 2006. Over
10,000 people attended the various opening events. Net
sales for the year ended December 31, 2006 were
$25.3 million. And in December 2006 we opened Peru, our
63rd country.
53
We believe the 2007 sales in South America and Southeast Asia
will continue positive year over year growth primarily as a
result of the opening of Peru, continued momentum in Argentina,
opening El Salvador in February 2007, the planned opening of
Paraguay in 2007, and the ability to respond more quickly to
distributor and consumer needs as a result of the realignment
for growth efforts.
EMEA
Net sales in Europe remained flat with a nominal increase of
$2.7 million, or 0.5%, for the year ended December 31,
2006, as compared to 2005. In local currency, net sales
increased 0.6% for the year ended December 31, 2006, as
compared to 2005. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had
an unfavorable impact on net sales of $0.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 2006.
Portugal, France and Spain continued to grow and experienced
sales increases of 41.9%, 24.3% and 15.6%, respectively, while
Germany and the Netherlands continued their declines in net
sales of 19.9% and 20.2%, respectively for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. During the first
quarter of 2006 we decentralized our regional call centers to
Italy, France and the Netherlands in an effort to improve
service and support to distributors who previously were serviced
out of the United Kingdom. During this process we also opened
our first sales center in the Netherlands. Additionally, during
the third quarter an Extravaganza was held in Athens, Greece and
was attended by over 15,000 distributors from over 40 countries
and we held a Regional World Team School in Lisbon and Portugal,
which approximately 7,500 World and TAB Members attended.
The net sales increases in Portugal, France, and Spain
continued, primarily due to a well balanced performance across
distributor retailing, recruiting and retention efforts, a
united distributor leadership working closely with the local
management, and a program focus on the Total Plan. In addition,
there has been an increasing emphasis on good health and
nutrition in France, which is supported and promoted by local
nutritionists. During the year two Nutrition Advisory Board
members were appointed in France and Spain.
The decline in Germany was primarily driven by a loss of
momentum resulting in a decrease in supervisors, down 25.3% at
December 31, 2006, as compared to December 31, 2005.
In Germany, a recently constituted strategy group comprised of
distributor leaders and regional management has focused on
turnaround initiatives, both in business activity as well as
brand building and new product introductions. Significant
distributor training has been undertaken, concentrating on long
term customers, Nutrition Clubs and wellness coaching
DMOs. In addition, improved distributor communications has
been a key focus and new online tools are being provided.
The net sales decline in the Netherlands was primarily driven by
lower recruiting of new distributors. A reconstituted
distributor strategy group, working closely with regional
management, is focused on initiatives to reverse that trend.
These included a National Supervisor recruitment drive, the
launch of
Liftofftm
in June 2006, a highly successful Spring Spectacular
event and the appointment of a member of the Global Nutritional
Advisory Board.
While progress is being made, the turnaround is expected to be
slow in Germany and the Netherlands and net sales for 2007 are
expected to be below the levels of 2006 for these countries.
We expect 2007 net sales in EMEA to be flat when compared
to 2006. We have identified several
high-potential
markets such as Russia and Poland for which we are developing
strategic initiatives along with our distributors to grow sales
and increase local branding activities. This includes sponsoring
the London Triathlon, the Moscow Marathon, the Italian
Beach Volleyball Championship, the Nice Ironman Triathlon and
the Madrid Triathlon, which are intended to continually improve
our corporate and brand reputation in the market. We are also
enhancing distributor communication processes and training, and,
we have the introduction of some new products into the region,
most notably
Liftofftm.
Liftofftm
was introduced in 17 markets in the EMEA group during 2006.
Additionally, we launched Formula 1 Cookies & Cream at
the Lisbon World Team School.
Greater
China
Greater China net sales increased $18.5 million, or 16.5%,
for the year ended December 31, 2006, respectively, as
compared to 2005. In local currency, net sales increased 16.5%,
for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005.
The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had no impact on net
sales for the year ended
54
December 31, 2006. The overall increase in net sales was
attributable to the sales increase in China, while Taiwan and
Hong Kong continued to experience a decline in sales.
Net sales in China increased by $26.9 million to
$32.1 million, for the year ended December 31, 2006,
as compared to 2005. Since March of 2005 we have opened 42
retail stores in 21 provinces throughout China.
Net sales in Taiwan decreased $3.6 million, or 4.0%, for
the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. In
local currency, net sales in Taiwan decreased 3.1% for the year
ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. The
fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact
on net sales of $0.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006. The decrease in net sales was primarily
attributable to the loss of focus of local distributor
leadership and some of their key members. In 2006, their
attention was primarily directed towards the opening of Malaysia
and the emerging business opportunity in China. We saw this
trend improve in the
4th quarter
as sales in Taiwan increased 13.9% as compared to 2005. In 2006
we invested an incremental $20.0 in the China infrastructure,
including working capital of $5.6 million and capital
expenditures of $3.4 million.
Net sales in Hong Kong decreased $4.8 million, or 28.8%,
for the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005.
The decline in net sales was primarily the result of a loss of
momentum, attributable to the focus on the emerging opportunity
in China, resulting in a decrease in supervisors, down 24.4% at
December 31, 2006, as compared to December 31, 2005.
We believe the 2007 sales in Greater China will continue
positive year over year growth primarily as a result of the
continued expansion of our retail presence and continued efforts
to enhance our product portfolio in China. We expect to have
over 100 stores in more than 30 provinces at the end of 2007. We
are currently awaiting approval of our direct selling license in
China, which, once approved will allow sales growth to
accelerate in China.
North
Asia
North Asia net sales decreased $8.1 million or 5.7% for the
year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. In local
currency, net sales decreased 5.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a unfavorable impact of
$0.9 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2006. The decrease in net sales in North Asia
was attributable to the decrease in net sales in Japan discussed
below.
Net sales in Japan decreased $16.2 million or 17.1%, for
the year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 2005. The
decline in sales is primarily attributable to increased
competition from new companies entering the market. In spite of
the decrease in net sales, the number of new distributors and
the supervisor retention rate are improving when compared to the
same period last year. The improved retention rate was caused by
an increase in the number of distributors taking advantage of
the modified re-qualification criteria.
We believe the 2007 sales in North Asia will begin to have
positive year over year growth. We believe the modified
re-qualification criteria along with a new sales center in
Osaka, new products, and local promotions will lead to increased
sales in 2007. We plan to remain focused on reinvigorating our
distributor leadership and exporting successful DMOs into this
market.
Sales by
Product Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
% Change in
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Weight Management
|
|
$
|
1,092.1
|
|
|
$
|
(537.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
555.0
|
|
|
$
|
91.8
|
|
|
$
|
646.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,356.0
|
|
|
$
|
(668.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
687.8
|
|
|
$
|
112.8
|
|
|
$
|
800.6
|
|
|
|
23.8
|
%
|
Targeted Nutrition
|
|
|
1,149.4
|
|
|
|
(565.3
|
)
|
|
|
584.1
|
|
|
|
96.6
|
|
|
|
680.7
|
|
|
|
1,408.5
|
|
|
|
(694.0
|
)
|
|
|
714.5
|
|
|
|
117.1
|
|
|
|
831.6
|
|
|
|
22.2
|
%
|
Outer
Nutrition®
|
|
|
275.9
|
|
|
|
(135.7
|
)
|
|
|
140.2
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
163.4
|
|
|
|
256.9
|
|
|
|
(126.6
|
)
|
|
|
130.3
|
|
|
|
21.4
|
|
|
|
151.7
|
|
|
|
(7.2
|
)%
|
Literature, Promotional and Other
|
|
|
58.3
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
71.0
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
75.9
|
|
|
|
78.8
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
95.1
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
101.6
|
|
|
|
33.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,575.7
|
|
|
$
|
(1,225.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,350.3
|
|
|
$
|
216.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
$
|
3,100.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,472.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,627.7
|
|
|
$
|
257.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
Our continued emphasis on the science of weight management and
nutrition during the recent years, has resulted in product
introductions such as
ShapeWorkstm,
a personalized meal replacement program; Formula 1 Instant
Nutritional Snack Mix;
Niteworkstm;
which supports energy, circulatory and vascular health; Garden
7tm,
which provides seven servings of fruits and vegetables; and
Liftofftm,
an innovative, effervescent energy product. Due to the launch of
these products together with the continued positive sales
momentum discussed above, net sales of Weight Management
products and Targeted Nutrition products increased at a higher
rate than that for the entire company. Net Sales declines in
Outer Nutrition reflects country mix along with distributors
shifting their procedures to products sold in their
DMO primarily Nutrition Clubs. We expect shifts
within these categories from time to time as we launch new
products and as new DMOs shift buying patterns.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit was $1,505.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to $1,251.0 million in
2005. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year
ended December 31, 2006 remained flat at 79.8% as compared
to the same period of 2005. Generally, gross profit percentages
do not vary significantly as a percentage of net sales other
than due to product or country mix, currency fluctuation,
importation and product cost and provisions for slow moving and
obsolete inventory. Additionally, we believe that we have the
ability to mitigate ingredient and manufacturing cost increases
from our suppliers by raising the prices of our products or
shifting product sourcing to alternative manufacturers.
Royalty
Overrides
Royalty Overrides as a percentage of net sales was 35.8% for the
year ended December 31, 2006, as compared to 35.5% in the
same period of 2005. The increase for the year ended
December 31, 2006 was primarily due to a favorable pre-tax
impact of $4.0 million relating to a change in the
allowance for uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from
distributors in the third quarter of 2005. Generally, this ratio
varies slightly from period to period due to changes in the mix
of products and countries because full Royalty Overrides are not
paid on certain products and in certain countries. Due to the
structure of our global compensation plan, we do not expect to
see significant fluctuations in Royalty Overrides as a percent
of net sales.
Selling,
General, & Administrative Expenses
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses as a percentage of
net sales remained flat at 30.4% for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to the same period of 2005.
The unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations was
$9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, Selling,
General & Administrative Expenses increased
$96.7 million to $573.0 million from
$476.3 million in 2005. The increase included
$47.5 million in higher labor and benefits due primarily to
normal merit increases, severance related to the realignment for
growth plan (discussed in Note 13 to our consolidated
financial statements), higher compensation costs associated with
employee sales representatives in China and higher stock based
compensation expenses mostly from adopting the new accounting
rules for stock based compensation; $8.6 million relating
to legal and litigation expenses; $2.6 million for
professional fees primarily associated with our consulting
expense for realignment for growth plan; $10.8 million in
higher occupancy expenses primarily due to new facilities and
duplicate rent as we transitioned to new facilities in 2006;
$5.2 million in higher employees bonuses and
$5.9 million in higher depreciation expenses. The increases
were partially offset by $9.9 million lower amortization
expenses and $2.6 million lower advertising and promotion
expenses.
We expect 2007 Selling, General & Administrative
Expenses to increase in absolute dollars over 2006 levels
reflecting general salary merit increases; continued investments
in China; and various sales growth initiatives including sales
events and promotions. We will begin to see labor savings in
2007 resulted from our realignment for growth plan completed in
the fourth quarter of 2006. As a result of these initiatives,
Selling General & Administrative Expenses as
a percentage of net sales should remain at or below 2006 levels.
56
Net
Interest Expense
Net interest expense was $39.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to $43.9 million in
2005. Interest expense for 2006 was lower primarily due to the
redemption of $165.0 million principal amount of our
91/2% Notes
due 2011 and the repayment of our prior credit facility
originally entered into on December 21, 2004, or the Prior
Credit Facility, of $79.6 million in the third quarter of
2006, partially offset by recapitalization expenses as noted in
the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
91/2% Senior
Notes Clawback Premium and Write-off of deferred financing
fees
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
|
Term Loan-Write-off of deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
Revolver-Write-off of deferred
finance fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recapitalization expenses included
in Interest Expense
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
43.9
|
|
|
$
|
39.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In 2004, we exercised a contract provision to redeem 40%, or
$110.0 million, of the
91/2% Notes.
After the required notice period, this redemption was completed
on February 4, 2005. The premium and the write-off of
deferred financing fees of $14.2 million associated with
this redemption was included in interest expense in the first
quarter of 2005.
In the third quarter of 2006, we repaid all amounts outstanding
under the Prior Credit Facility, $79.6 million, and
redeemed the $165.0 million aggregate principal amount of
our
91/2% Notes.
The premium and write-off of deferred financing fees of
$22.9 million associated with the recapitalization were
included in interest expense for 2006. As part of the
recapitalization, we entered into a $300 million senior
secured credit facility, or the New Credit Facility, and
borrowed $200.0 million pursuant to the term loan under the
New Credit Facility. In September 2006, we prepaid
$20.0 million of our new term loan, resulting in
approximately $0.1 million additional interest expense from
the write-off of deferred financing fees. It is
managements expectations that we will continue to prepay
our outstanding debt during 2007.
Restructuring
Costs
In July 2006, we initiated a realignment of our employee base as
part of our Realignment For Growth plan. We incurred
$7.5 million of severance and related costs in the fourth
quarter of 2006. We expect to complete the realignment in 2007
and the corresponding severance and related cost in 2007 is
expected to be approximately $1.0 million. As of
December 31, 2006, the accrued liability for
employees severance, retention and other related costs was
$5.1 million.
Income
Taxes
Income taxes were $74.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006, as compared to $82.0 million in
2005. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the estimated effective
income tax rate was 34.2% for the year ended December 31,
2006, as compared to 46.8% in 2005. The decrease in the
effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006, as
compared to 2005, was caused primarily by the impact of
non-deductible interest and other recapitalization charges in
2005, the settlement of an international tax audit in 2006, the
tax benefit of a bond redemption in 2006, and the
$2.2 million favorable impact of the adjustment to income
tax accrual in the fourth quarter of 2006. Excluding the effects
of the settlement of the international tax audit, the tax
benefit of the bond redemption and other items, the effective
tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 would have
been 38.0%.
Foreign
Currency Fluctuations
Currency fluctuations had an unfavorable impact of
$0.6 million on net results for the year ended
December 31, 2006, when compared to what current year net
results would have been using last years foreign exchange
rates. For
57
the year ended December 31, 2006, the regional effects were
a favorable $0.1 million in North America, an unfavorable
$3.4 million in Mexico & Central America, a
favorable $1.3 million in Brazil, a favorable
$1.0 million in South America & Southeast Asia, a
favorable $2.7 million in EMEA, a favorable
$0.7 million in Greater China and an unfavorable
$3.0 million in North Asia.
Year
ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended
December 31, 2004
Net
Sales
The Managements Discussion and Analysis of financial
condition and results of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004 has been changed to conform to
the December 31, 2006 presentation due to the change in
geographic units from four to seven units on July 1, 2006.
The following chart reconciles Retail Sales to Net Sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
North America
|
|
$
|
433.6
|
|
|
$
|
(205.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
228.2
|
|
|
$
|
43.0
|
|
|
$
|
271.2
|
|
|
$
|
488.3
|
|
|
$
|
(232.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
255.6
|
|
|
$
|
48.1
|
|
|
$
|
303.7
|
|
|
|
12.0
|
%
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
172.8
|
|
|
|
(83.8
|
)
|
|
|
89.0
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
|
|
|
103.1
|
|
|
|
369.1
|
|
|
|
(178.9
|
)
|
|
|
190.2
|
|
|
|
29.6
|
|
|
|
219.8
|
|
|
|
113.2
|
%
|
Brazil
|
|
|
113.6
|
|
|
|
(54.5
|
)
|
|
|
59.1
|
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
68.5
|
|
|
|
185.2
|
|
|
|
(88.5
|
)
|
|
|
96.7
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
111.8
|
|
|
|
63.2
|
%
|
South America and Southeast Asia
|
|
|
170.2
|
|
|
|
(78.9
|
)
|
|
|
91.3
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
104.6
|
|
|
|
217.1
|
|
|
|
(101.6
|
)
|
|
|
115.5
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
131.2
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
%
|
EMEA
|
|
|
875.5
|
|
|
|
(418.0
|
)
|
|
|
457.5
|
|
|
|
78.7
|
|
|
|
536.2
|
|
|
|
890.4
|
|
|
|
(424.1
|
)
|
|
|
466.3
|
|
|
|
79.0
|
|
|
|
545.3
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
Greater China
|
|
|
157.5
|
|
|
|
(76.8
|
)
|
|
|
80.7
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
91.3
|
|
|
|
191.4
|
|
|
|
(92.0
|
)
|
|
|
99.4
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
112.1
|
|
|
|
22.8
|
%
|
North Asia
|
|
|
223.0
|
|
|
|
(103.8
|
)
|
|
|
119.2
|
|
|
|
15.6
|
|
|
|
134.8
|
|
|
|
234.2
|
|
|
|
(107.6
|
)
|
|
|
126.6
|
|
|
|
16.3
|
|
|
|
142.9
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Worldwide
|
|
$
|
2,146.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,021.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,125.0
|
|
|
$
|
184.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,575.7
|
|
|
$
|
(1,225.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,350.3
|
|
|
$
|
216.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
|
20.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in net sales are directly associated with the recruiting
and retention of our distributor force, retailing of our
products, the quality and completeness of the product offerings
that the distributor force has to sell and the number of
countries in which we operate. Managements role, both
in-country and at the corporate level is to provide distributors
with a competitive and broad product line, encourage strong
teamwork and leadership among the Chairmans Club and
Presidents Team distributors and offer leading edge
business tools to make doing business with Herbalife simple.
Management uses the distributor marketing program coupled with
educational and motivational tools to incent distributors to
drive recruiting, retention and retailing, which in turn affect
net sales. Such tools include corporate sales events
Extravaganzas and World Team Schools where large
groups of distributors gather, thus allowing them to network
with other distributors, learn recruiting, retention and
retailing techniques from our leading distributors, and become
more familiar with how to market and sell our products and
business opportunities. Accordingly, management believes that
these development and motivation programs can increase the
productivity of the supervisor network. The expenses for such
programs are included in Selling General &
Administrative Expenses. Sales are driven by several factors,
including the number and productivity of distributor supervisors
who continually build, educate and motivate their respective
distribution and sales organizations. We also use event and
non-event product promotions to motivate distributors to
increase recruiting, retention and retailing activities. These
promotions have prizes ranging from qualifying for events to
vacations and qualification parties for distributors that meet
certain selling and recruiting goals. The costs of these
promotions are included in selling, general &
administrative expenses.
The factors described above have driven growth in our business.
The following net sales by geographic region discussion further
details some of the above factors and describes unique growth
factors specific to certain major countries. The Company
believes that the correct business foundation, coupled with
ongoing training and promotional initiatives is required to
increase recruiting and retention of distributors and retailing
of the Companys products. The correct business foundation
includes strong country management that works closely with the
distributor leadership, unified distributor leadership, a broad
product line that appeals to local consumer needs, a favorable
regulatory environment, a scalable and stable technology
platform and an attractive distributor marketing
58
plan. Initiatives such as Success Training Seminars, World Team
Schools, Promotional Events and regional Extravaganzas are
integral components of developing a highly motivated and
educated distributor sales organization that will work toward
increasing the recruitment and retention of distributors.
The Companys strategy will continue to include creating
and maintaining growth within existing markets. We expect to
increase our spending in Selling, General &
Administrative Expenses to maintain or stimulate sales growth,
while making strategic investments in new initiatives. In
addition, new ideas are being generated in our regional markets,
either by distributors, country management or corporate
management. Examples are the Nutrition Clubs in Mexico, the
Total Plan in Brazil and GenH in the U.S., as described in the
net sales discussion below. Managements strategy is to
review the applicability of expanding successful country
initiatives throughout a region
and/or
globally and where appropriate, and financially support the
globalization of these initiatives.
North
America
Net sales in North America increased $32.5 million, or
12.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to
2004. In local currency, net sales increased by 11.6% for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The
fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a positive impact of
$1.2 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2005. The overall increase was a result of net
sales growth in the U.S. of $31.8 million, or 12.6%,
for the year ended December 31, 2005. The
U.S. continues to benefit from strong country and
distributor leadership that focuses on recruiting and retention
of the distributor force that retails our product, and a product
line and business opportunity that is attractive to the
demographics in this country.
Net sales growth in the U.S. is evidenced by the increased
number of supervisors, up 4.7% at December 31, 2005
compared to December 31, 2004, with a volume point increase
of 14.1% compared to prior year. As a result of the numerous
steps taken in 2004 and 2005 to improve the business in the
U.S., including the establishment of a dedicated
U.S. country management team; branding efforts such as
sponsorship of the JP Morgan Chase tennis tournament, the AVP
Volleyball Tour and the Nautica Malibu Triathlon; and various
promotions such as the 2005 Presidents Team Challenge, the
World Team Bonus, the Atlanta Challenge in connection with the
25th Anniversary Extravaganza and the Worldwide Cup
promotion, net sales have exceeded the annual results for 2004.
At the 25th Anniversary Extravaganza two new products were
introduced,
Liftofftm
and
NouriFusiontm.
Liftofftm
represents the Companys entry into the energy drink market
and is intended to support our GenH program to attract a younger
demographic segment into the distributor organization.
NouriFusiontm
supports the Total Plan method of operation and was a strategic
launch to improve diversity in the product portfolio, since skin
care (Outer Nutrition) is the category least developed as of
2005. In October of 2005 we introduced a comprehensive Heart
Health line which incorporates
Niteworkstm,
CoreComplextm,
TriShieldtm,
MegaGarlictm
and
Herbalifelinetm,
and is endorsed by Dr. Louis Ingarro. At our World Team
School/Leadership Development Weekend held in October 2005, we
launched our 2006 worldwide promotion, Active World Team, which
we believe will, when coupled with our product launches and
branding initiatives have a positive impact on sales growth in
2006.
Mexico
and Central America
Net sales in Mexico and Central America for the year ended
December 31, 2005, increased $116.7 million, or 113.2%
as compared to 2004. In local currency, net sales for the year
ended December 31, 2005, increased by 104.4% as compared to
2005. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a favorable
impact of $9.0 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2005. The overall increase was a result of net
sales growth in Mexico of $116.5 million or 113.8% for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004.
The continued net sales growth in Mexico is evidenced by the
increased number of supervisors, up 77.3% at December 31,
2005 compared to December 31, 2004, which reflects the
renewed emphasis on distributor and customer retention programs
such as the Nutrition Clubs, which are new and innovative means
by which distributors are retailing our products to new
customers, some of whom may eventually become distributors of
our products. The costs to set up a Nutrition Club are generally
nominal, and are borne solely by the distributor. Our
distributors are operating over 25,000 Nutrition Clubs
world-wide, approximately 18,000 are open in Mexico.
59
Brazil
Net sales in Brazil increased $43.2 million or 63.1% for
the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. In
local currency, net sales increased by 35.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a favorable impact of
$19.3 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
The continued net sales growth in Brazil is evidenced by the
increased number of supervisors, up 33.3% at December 31,
2005 compared to December 31, 2004, and is a result of the
expansion of the Total Plan, strong distributor leadership, a
highly effective country management team and a good product
portfolio. The Total Plan is a low cost lead generating method
where distributors use our personal care line of products and
offer facials to obtain referrals. This concept specifically
supports our retailing and recruiting initiatives and has been a
catalyst for growth in Brazil. In December 2005, Brazil held its
10th Anniversary
Event, with over 10,000 distributors in attendance. At this
event, new products (Firm Cell, Radiant C Scrub, Cleanser and
Body Lotion) were launched that further support the Total Plan,
reinforcing our objective to increase the recruitment, retention
and retailing by distributors, and a demonstration of our online
distributor tool, BizWorks, was provided to highlight the
benefits of real time organizational volume reports as a means
to improve efficiency for distributors. The positive momentum
from the event should help continue the sales growth trend into
2006.
South
America and Southeast Asia
Net sales in South America and Southeast Asia increased
$26.6 million or 25.4% for the year ended December 31,
2005, as compared to 2004. In local currency, net sales
increased 24.3% for the year ended December 31, 2005, as
compared to 2004. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had
a $1.3 million favorable impact on net sales for the year
ended December 31, 2005. The overall increase was
attributable mainly to net sales increases in Chile, Argentina,
Venezuela and India.
Chile, Argentina and Venezuela experienced sales increases of
109.9%, 72.1% and 62.6%, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The net sales
growth trend reflects strong supervisor growth, up 103.5%, 64.1%
and 40.6%, respectively. Additionally, this growth was the
result of positive momentum from the local events, including the
introduction of the Nutrition Club DMO and GenH educational
meetings in these countries.
India experienced a sales increase of 32.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2005 as compared to 2004. The net sales growth
trend is primarily the result of strong supervisor growth, up
33.6%.
EMEA
Net sales in EMEA increased $9.1 million, or 1.7%, for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. In local
currency, net sales increased 1.0% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a positive impact on net sales of
$3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Throughout 2004, Europe experienced sales growth when compared
to 2003, partly due to the Billion Dollar Challenge promotion in
the first and second quarters of 2004. Such sales growth was not
expected to be sustainable in 2005. While some markets did
sustain growth such as Spain, France and South Africa, two key
markets, Germany and the Netherlands, experienced sales declines
of 20.8% and 16.2%, respectively, for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
Net sales in Spain were up $7.6 million, or 23.1%, for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The
increase in net sales is primarily due to unified distributor
leadership, an increasing emphasis locally on health and
nutrition and the continuing positive impact of certain
promotions in 2005. In France, one of our largest European
markets, net sales were up $6.6 million, or 25.8%, for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004, partly
due to adoption of a new nutritional distributor training
program and a special vacation promotion. Net sales in South
Africa were up $7.1 million or 51.7%, as compared to 2004,
primarily due to a unified distributor leadership and successful
promotional activity. Additionally, in South Africa, we
celebrated our 10th anniversary of doing business in the
country with a major sales event during the third quarter.
We appointed a new country manager in Germany and the new
management team has developed a turnaround plan for 2006 to
re-engage the local distributor leadership and to rebuild
confidence among distributors to improve
60
recruiting and retention. The German leadership began to work
together to improve our brand image, implemented the GenH
initiative, and formed an executive committee to focus on other
initiatives. In the Netherlands we took steps to re-engage the
local distributor leadership and promote the GenH initiative
within the country.
We concluded the year with a very large and successful World
Team School in Budapest, Hungary, where over 8,000 European
distributors attended product, leadership, and business
opportunity training sessions. During the event there was
specific training on Nutrition Clubs, and the 2006 Active World
Team promotion was introduced.
Greater
China
Greater China net sales increased $20.8 million, or 22.8%,
for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004.
In local currency, net sales increased 18.6%, for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a positive impact on net sales of
$3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The
overall increase was attributable mainly to an increase in
Taiwan.
Net sales in Taiwan increased $18.4 million, or 25.6%, for
the year ended December 31, 2005, over 2004, due primarily
to an increase in the number of supervisors by 24.7% at
December 31, 2005, as compared to the same time last year,
highly engaged distributor leadership, increased local
distributor trainings and initiatives to promote individual
recognition of well performing distributors, new product
launches, positive momentum from the World Team School held in
Singapore in October 2005, the
25th Anniversary
Atlanta Extravaganza, and the Worldwide Cup Promotion. The
Singapore World Team School was attended by approximately 5,000
distributors who received product, leadership, and business
opportunity training. Net sales in South Korea increased
$12.2 million, or 34.0%, for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. This improvement in
2005 was a result of positive momentum from the sales events and
promotions discussed above and unified focus by Koreas
country and distributor leadership. Also, in late 2004 we
introduced
ShapeWorkstm
in South Korea, which had a positive impact on recruiting and
retailing initiatives in 2005.
North
Asia
North Asia net sales increased $8.1 million or 6.0% for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. In local
currency, net sales increased 3.7% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a favorable impact of
$3.2 million on net sales for the year ended
December 31, 2005. The overall increase in net sales was
attributable to an increase in South Korea, while Japan
continued to experience a decline in sales.
Net sales in South Korea increased $12.2 million, or 34.0%,
for the year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004.
This improvement in 2005 was a result of positive momentum from
the sales events and promotions discussed above and unified
focus by Koreas country and distributor leadership. Also,
in late 2004 we introduced
ShapeWorkstm
in South Korea, which had a positive impact on recruiting and
retailing initiatives in 2005
Net sales in Japan decreased $4.1 million, or 4.1%, for the
year ended December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. In local
currency, net sales in Japan decreased 2.3% for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to 2004. The fluctuation of
foreign currency rates had a negative $1.8 million impact
on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2005. The net
sales decline in 2005, which is a continuation of a six-year
downward trend in Japan, albeit at a slower rate, had been
driven primarily by ineffective prior country management, which
had not properly motivated distributor leadership, and the lack
of new product introductions. In the third quarter of 2004, we
appointed a new country manager who has focused on uniting and
motivating distributor leadership to improve recruiting and
retention of distributors, and we have expanded our product line
to address local country demographic needs. In the second
quarter of 2005, we launched
Nourifusiontm
and supported this launch with a formal Total Plan training for
our distributors.
Nourifusiontm
International Business Packs were also created to
synchronize the method of operation with the introduction kit.
Positive momentum was also generated from the Worldwide Cup
Promotion in 2005. In the third quarter of 2005,
Niteworkstm
was introduced in Japan, and a special vacation promotion was
launched.
61
Sales by
Product Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handling &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
& Freight
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail
|
|
|
Distributor
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
Freight
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
% Change in
|
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Allowance
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Sales
|
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Weight Management
|
|
$
|
945.1
|
|
|
$
|
(465.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
479.8
|
|
|
$
|
81.3
|
|
|
$
|
561.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,092.1
|
|
|
$
|
(537.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
555.0
|
|
|
$
|
91.8
|
|
|
$
|
646.8
|
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
Inner Nutrition
|
|
|
946.5
|
|
|
|
(466.0
|
)
|
|
|
480.5
|
|
|
|
81.5
|
|
|
|
562.0
|
|
|
|
1,149.4
|
|
|
|
(565.3
|
)
|
|
|
584.1
|
|
|
|
96.6
|
|
|
$
|
680.7
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
%
|
Outer
Nutrition®
|
|
|
207.3
|
|
|
|
(102.1
|
)
|
|
|
105.2
|
|
|
|
17.9
|
|
|
|
123.1
|
|
|
|
275.9
|
|
|
|
(135.7
|
)
|
|
|
140.2
|
|
|
|
23.2
|
|
|
|
163.4
|
|
|
|
32.7
|
%
|
Literature, Promotional and Other
|
|
|
47.3
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
|
|
|
59.5
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
63.5
|
|
|
|
58.3
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
|
|
71.0
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
75.9
|
|
|
|
19.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,146.2
|
|
|
$
|
(1,021.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,125.0
|
|
|
$
|
184.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,575.7
|
|
|
$
|
(1,225.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,350.3
|
|
|
$
|
216.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
|
19.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our increased emphasis on the science of weight management and
nutrition during the past two years has resulted in product
introductions such as
Niteworkstm
and Garden
7tm
and the introduction of
ShapeWorkstm,
a personalized meal replacement program. Due to the launch of
ShapeWorkstm
in March 2004 in the United States and the on-going roll-out to
other countries, the introduction of new Outer
Nutrition®
products like
NouriFusiontm,
and the increased use of the Total Plan by distributors in
Brazil and worldwide, which uses Outer Nutrition products as its
foundation, net sales of weight management products and Outer
Nutrition®
products increased at a higher rate than net sales of inner
nutrition products. Sales of Outer Nutrition products increased
32.7% for the year ended December 31, 2005, which is a
greater rate of growth than that for any other category.
Literature, Promotional and Other, which is net of product
buy-backs and returns in all product categories, increased, due
primarily to an increase in literature sales from selling
starter kits to new distributors and from a decrease in returns
and refunds. We expect growth rates within these categories will
vary from time to time as we launch new products.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit was $1,251.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to $1,039.8 million in
2004. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year
ended December 31, 2005 increased from 79.4% to 79.8%, as
compared to 2004. Generally, gross profit percentages do not
vary significantly as a percentage of sales other than due to
product or country mix, ongoing cost reduction initiatives and
provisions for slow moving and obsolete inventory. Additionally,
we believe that we have the ability to mitigate ingredient and
manufacturing cost increases from our suppliers by raising the
prices of our products or shifting product sourcing to
alternative manufacturers.
Royalty
Overrides
Royalty Overrides as a percentage of net sales was 35.5% for the
years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 The favorable
pre-tax impact of $4.0 million relating to a change in the
allowance for uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from
distributors in the third quarter of 2005 was partially offset
by a favorable pre-tax impact of $2.4 million of aged
royalty checks in the third quarter of 2004. Generally, royalty
overrides as a percentage of net sales varies slightly from
period to period due to changes in the mix of products and
countries because varying Royalty Overrides are paid on certain
products and in certain countries. Due to the structure of our
global compensation plan coupled with the current country mix of
our business, we do not expect to see significant fluctuations
in Royalty Overrides as a percent of net sales.
Selling,
General, & Administrative Expenses
Selling, General, and Administrative expenses as a percentage of
net sales improved to 30.4% for the year ended December 31,
2005, as compared to 33.3% in 2004. The improvement primarily
reflects the highly fixed nature of our SG&A cost structure
and the financial leverage in our operating model as sales
increase. The unfavorable impact of foreign currency
fluctuations was $8.2 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
For the year ended December 31, 2005, Selling,
General & Administrative Expenses increased
$40.2 million to $476.3 million from
$436.1 million in 2004. The increase included
$23.1 million in higher salaries and benefits, due
62
primarily to normal merit increases, increased staffing, and
higher incentive compensation; $5.7 million relating to
legal and litigation expenses and additional professional fees
primarily associated with strengthening our technology
infrastructure; $16.0 million in additional advertising and
promotion expenses related primarily related to our 2005
Worldwide Cup promotion which have helped drive worldwide sales
growth; $5.4 million in higher travel and entertainment
expenses and $5.6 million in higher occupancy cost to
support the growth of our business. The increases were partially
offset by $9.2 million lower monitoring fees and other
expenses due to the termination of the related agreements with
Whitney and Golden Gate; $9.8 million lower amortization
expenses; and a $0.7 million foreign exchange gain in 2005
versus a $1.9 million loss in 2004.
We expect 2006 Selling, General & Administrative
Expenses to increase in absolute dollars over 2005 levels
reflecting general salary merit increases; further investments
in China; and various sales growth initiatives including sales
events, globalization of best practices such as Nutrition Clubs
and Total Plan, and the development of the
direct-to-consumer
initiative. As a percentage of net sales, these expenses should
remain consistent with 2005 levels.
Net
Interest Expense
Net interest expense was $43.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to $123.3 million in
2004. The higher interest expense in 2004 was primarily due to
the two recapitalizations in 2004, as noted in the table below,
and $8.2 million additional interest expense associated
with the $275.0 million principal amount of our
91/2% Notes
issued in March 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
113/4% Notes-Redemption Premium
and write-off of deferred financing fees
|
|
$
|
49.9
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
151/2% Senior
Notes-Redemption Premium and write-off of deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
91/2% Senior
Notes Clawback Premium and Write-off of deferred financing
fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
Term Loan-Write-off of deferred
financing fees
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Revolver-Write-off of deferred
finance fees
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Recapitalization expenses included
in Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
71.5
|
|
|
$
|
16.4
|
|
Interest Expense
|
|
|
51.8
|
|
|
|
27.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Interest Expense
|
|
$
|
123.3
|
|
|
$
|
43.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As part of the continuation of the fourth quarter 2004
recapitalization, we exercised a contract provision to redeem
40%, or $110 million, of the 91/2% Notes. After the
required notice period, this redemption was completed on
February 4, 2005. The premium and the write-off of deferred
financing fees of $14.2 million associated with this
redemption was included in interest expense in the first quarter
of 2005.
Income
Taxes
Income taxes were $82.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, as compared to $29.7 million in
2004. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the estimated effective
income tax rate was 46.8% for the year ended December 31,
2005, as compared to 192.8% in 2004. The decrease in the
effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2005 as
compared to 2004 was caused primarily by the impact of less
non-deductible interest including the aforementioned
non-deductible recapitalization charges in each period.
Offsetting these benefits was $5.5 million non-cash tax
charge associated with moving our China subsidiary within our
global corporate structure in the second quarter of 2005 and an
increase in taxes due to the impact on our worldwide transfer
pricing and tax structure as a result of stronger than expected
revenue growth during the past several quarters and
managements outlook that a mid-teens revenue growth rate
will continue throughout 2006.
63
Foreign
Currency Fluctuations
Currency fluctuations had a favorable impact of
$10.8 million on net results for the year ended
December 31, 2005, when compared to what current year net
results would have been using last years foreign exchange
rates. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the regional
effects were a favorable $0.3 million in North America, a
favorable $2.7 million in Mexico & Central
America, a favorable $3.9 million in Brazil, a favorable
$0.2 million in South America & Southeast Asia, a
favorable $0.7 million in EMEA, a favorable
$1.1 million in Greater China and a favorable
$1.9 million in North Asia.
Net
Results
For the year ended December 31, 2005, net income was
$93.1 million, or $1.28 per diluted share, compared to
the prior-year net loss of $14.3 million or loss of
$0.27 per diluted share. Net income as reported includes
the effect of recapitalization transaction expenses of
$14.2 million and $71.5 million (approximately
$60.5 million net of tax) in 2005 and 2004, respectively, a
non-cash tax charge of $5.5 million associated with moving
our China subsidiary within the global corporate structure in
the second quarter of 2005, and the favorable after-tax impact
of $2.5 million relating to a change in the allowance for
uncollectible royalty overrides receivables from distributors in
the third quarter of 2005, partially offset by the
$1.5 million favorable after-tax impact of aged royalties
in the third quarter of 2004. The improvement in net income was
a result of a 19.6% increase in net sales, the continued
favorable impact from appreciation of foreign currencies, lower
interest and income tax expense partially offset by higher
operating expenses primarily from increased labor, benefits,
incentive compensation and promotion expense. Overall, the
appreciation of foreign currencies had a $10.8 million
favorable impact on net income for the year ended
December 31, 2005.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
We have historically met our working capital and capital
expenditure requirements, including funding for expansion of
operations, through net cash flows provided by operating
activities. Our principal source of liquidity is our operating
cash flows. Variations in sales of our products would directly
affect the availability of funds. There are no material
restrictions on the ability to transfer and remit funds among
our international affiliated companies.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, we generated
$184.4 million from operating cash flows, as compared to
$143.4 million in 2005. The increase in cash generated from
operations reflected an increase in operating income of
$37.9 million, which was primarily driven by a 20.3% growth
in net sales.
Capital expenditures, including capital leases, for the year
ended December 31, 2006 were $66.9 million, as
compared to $32.6 million in 2005. The majority of these
expenditures represented development of internet tools for
distributors, the relocation of our Inglewood office and
warehouse facility in Memphis, and the expansion of our retail
stores in China. We expect to incur capital expenditures of up
to $45.0 million in 2007.
In 2007 we will continue to invest in China. The operating loss
in China for 2005 was $2.2 million. In 2006, we had an
operating income of $1.7 million. We currently anticipate
an operating income of approximately $1.5 million in 2007,
in addition to total capital expenditures and working capital of
up to $2.0 million for the expansion of retail stores. In
2006 we invested approximately $4.2 million in capital
expenditures in China.
In February 2005, we redeemed a $110.0 million principal
amount of our
91/2%
Notes issued in March 2004 for the cash amount of
$124.1 million, including a premium of $10.5 million
and accrued interest of $3.6 million. Interest expense in
2005 includes redemption amount of $14.2 million, which
represents $10.5 million of premium and $3.7 million
of write-off of deferred financing cost and discount. In
connection with the debt refinancing in July 2006 (see
below), we redeemed the remaining $165.0 million principal
amount of our
91/2%
Notes for a total amount of $187.8 million, including a
premium of $16.6 million and accrued interest of
$6.2 million. Interest expense in 2006 includes the call
premium of $16.6 million and $4.6 million write-off of
discounts and deferred financing costs.
We terminated our Prior Credit Facility in July 2006 in
connection with the debt refinancing. We prepaid all amounts
outstanding under the Prior Credit Facility amounting to
$79.6 million. Interest expense in the third quarter
64
of 2006 includes $1.7 million of write-off of deferred
financing cost. We entered into the New Credit Facility, a
$300.0 million senior secured credit facility with a
syndicate of financial institutions as lenders. The New Credit
Facility comprises of a $200.0 million term loan and a
revolving credit facility of $100.0 million. The term loan
matures on July 21, 2013 and the revolving credit facility
is available until July 21, 2012. The term loan bears
interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.5%, and the revolver bears
interest at LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.25%. We borrowed
$200.0 million pursuant to the new term loan in August
2006. In September 2006, the Company made a prepayment of
$20.0 million on the term loan, resulting in
$0.1 million additional interest expense from the write-off
of unamortized deferred financing costs. As of December 31,
2006, the Company is obligated to pay approximately
$0.4 million of the new term loan every quarter until
June 30, 2013 and the remaining principal on July 21,
2013.
In July 2006, we also redeemed the outstanding $0.1 million
principal amount of the
113/4% Notes
due 2010.
The following summarizes our contractual obligations including
interest at December 31, 2006 and the effect such
obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows
in future periods:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 &
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in millions)
|
|
|
Term Loan
|
|
$
|
258.7
|
|
|
$
|
14.2
|
|
|
$
|
14.1
|
|
|
$
|
14.0
|
|
|
$
|
13.9
|
|
|
$
|
13.7
|
|
|
$
|
188.8
|
|
Capital Leases
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
$
|
3.2
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other Debt
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Operating Leases
|
|
$
|
93.8
|
|
|
$
|
18.8
|
|
|
$
|
12.9
|
|
|
$
|
11.1
|
|
|
$
|
9.6
|
|
|
$
|
8.6
|
|
|
$
|
32.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
358.5
|
|
|
$
|
36.9
|
|
|
$
|
28.3
|
|
|
$
|
25.7
|
|
|
$
|
23.6
|
|
|
$
|
22.4
|
|
|
$
|
221.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, we had positive working capital of
$132.2 million. Cash and cash equivalents were
$154.3 million at December 31, 2006, compared to
$88.2 million at December 31, 2005.
We expect that cash and funds provided from operations and
available borrowings under our new revolving credit facility
will provide sufficient working capital to operate our business,
to make expected capital expenditures and to meet foreseeable
liquidity requirements, including debt service on the new term
loan. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will
service our debt, or fund our other liquidity needs.
The majority of our purchases from suppliers are generally made
in U.S. dollars, while sales to Herbalife distributors
generally are made in local currencies. Consequently,
strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency
can have a negative impact on operating margins and can generate
transaction losses on intercompany transactions. For discussion
of our foreign exchange contracts and other hedging
arrangements, see the quantitative and qualitative disclosures
about market risks described below.
65
Quarterly
Results of Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands except per share data)
|
|
|
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
372,060
|
|
|
$
|
384,667
|
|
|
$
|
400,997
|
|
|
$
|
409,026
|
|
|
$
|
455,788
|
|
|
$
|
465,987
|
|
|
$
|
476,374
|
|
|
$
|
487,385
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
75,737
|
|
|
|
77,373
|
|
|
|
79,482
|
|
|
|
83,155
|
|
|
|
91,366
|
|
|
|
92,640
|
|
|
|
97,159
|
|
|
|
99,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
296,323
|
|
|
|
307,294
|
|
|
|
321,515
|
|
|
|
325,871
|
|
|
|
364,422
|
|
|
|
373,347
|
|
|
|
379,215
|
|
|
|
388,212
|
|
Royalty Overrides
|
|
|
135,168
|
|
|
|
137,089
|
|
|
|
138,618
|
|
|
|
144,790
|
|
|
|
165,298
|
|
|
|
167,351
|
|
|
|
168,658
|
|
|
|
173,938
|
|
Selling, general &
administrative expenses
|
|
|
110,029
|
|
|
|
117,817
|
|
|
|
121,584
|
|
|
|
126,837
|
|
|
|
135,044
|
|
|
|
140,881
|
|
|
|
146,070
|
|
|
|
151,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
51,126
|
|
|
|
52,388
|
|
|
|
61,313
|
|
|
|
54,244
|
|
|
|
64,080
|
|
|
|
65,115
|
|
|
|
64,487
|
|
|
|
63,265
|
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
(22,202
|
)
|
|
|
(7,446
|
)
|
|
|
(7,950
|
)
|
|
|
(6,326
|
)
|
|
|
(6,015
|
)
|
|
|
(4,955
|
)
|
|
|
(25,869
|
)
|
|
|
(2,702
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
28,924
|
|
|
|
44,942
|
|
|
|
53,363
|
|
|
|
47,918
|
|
|
|
58,065
|
|
|
|
60,160
|
|
|
|
38,618
|
|
|
|
60,562
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
15,648
|
|
|
|
22,168
|
|
|
|
26,226
|
|
|
|
17,964
|
|
|
|
19,369
|
|
|
|
23,834
|
|
|
|
12,151
|
|
|
|
18,912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
13,276
|
|
|
$
|
22,774
|
|
|
$
|
27,137
|
|
|
$
|
29,954
|
|
|
$
|
38,696
|
|
|
$
|
36,326
|
|
|
$
|
26,467
|
|
|
$
|
41,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
|
$
|
0.51
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
68,643
|
|
|
|
68,678
|
|
|
|
69,077
|
|
|
|
69,487
|
|
|
|
69,947
|
|
|
|
70,647
|
|
|
|
71,179
|
|
|
|
71,463
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
71,714
|
|
|
|
71,860
|
|
|
|
73,455
|
|
|
|
73,444
|
|
|
|
73,451
|
|
|
|
74,220
|
|
|
|
74,257
|
|
|
|
74,997
|
|
Contingencies
We are from time to time engaged in routine litigation. We
regularly review all pending litigation matters in which we are
involved and establish reserves deemed appropriate by management
for these litigation matters when a probable loss estimate can
be made.
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
(Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The
case has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior
Court. The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of
certain Herbalife International independent distributors and
Herbalife International under various state laws prohibiting
endless chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in
assisted marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business
practices, and fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the
Freedom Group system operated by certain independent
distributors of Herbalife International products places too much
emphasis on recruiting and encourages excessively large
purchases of product and promotional materials by distributors.
The plaintiff also alleges that Freedom Group pressured
distributors to disseminate misleading promotional materials.
The plaintiff seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
liable for the actions of its independent distributors and is
seeking damages and injunctive relief. The Company believes that
we have meritorious defenses to the suit.
Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
been named as defendants in a class action lawsuit filed
July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in the
State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife International,
Inc., et al). The complaint alleges that certain
telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife International
distributors violate the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or
TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
liable for the practices of its distributors. More specifically,
the plaintiffs complaint alleges that several of Herbalife
Internationals distributors used pre-recorded telephone
messages to contact prospective customers in violation of the
TCPAs prohibition of such practices. Herbalife
Internationals distributors are independent contractors
and if any such distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also
violated Herbalifes policies which require its
distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state and
local laws. The Company believes that we have meritorious
defenses to the suit.
66
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, we have been and are currently subjected to various
product liability claims. The effects of these claims to date
have not been material to us, and the reasonably possible range
of exposure on currently existing claims is not material to us.
We believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations
contained in the lawsuits. We currently maintain product
liability insurance with an annual deductible of
$10 million.
Certain of our subsidiaries have been subject to tax audits by
governmental authorities in their respective countries. In
certain of these tax audits, governmental authorities are
proposing that significant amounts of additional taxes and
related interest and penalties are due. We and our tax advisors
believe that there are substantial defenses to their allegations
that additional taxes are owed, and we are vigorously contesting
the additional proposed taxes and related charges.
These matters may take several years to resolve, and we cannot
be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the opinion
of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not likely
result in a material effect on our financial condition and
operating results. This opinion is based on our belief that any
losses we suffer would not be material and that we have
meritorious defenses. Although we have reserved an amount that
we believe represents the likely outcome of the resolution of
these disputes, if we are incorrect in our assessment we may
have to record additional expenses.
Subsequent
Events
As previously disclosed, on February 2, 2007, our Board of
Directors received a proposal from Whitney V L.P. and its
affiliates to acquire all of our outstanding common shares at a
price of $38.00 per share in cash. Whitney V L.P. and
its affiliates currently own an aggregate of approximately 25.9%
of the voting power of our share capital. Our Board of Directors
has established a special committee consisting solely of
independent directors to review the proposal. There is no
assurance we will enter into this or any other transaction.
Based on the information set forth in the Forms 4 filed on
February 8 and 12, 2007, and the Form 13 G/A
filed on February 14, 2007, by Golden Gate and its
affiliated funds, we believe that, as of February 7, 2007,
Golden Gate and its affiliated funds no longer beneficially own
any of our common shares.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States, which require us to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and
expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those
estimates. We consider the following policies to be most
critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in
preparing the financial statements and the uncertainties that
could impact our results of operations, financial condition and
cash flows.
We are a network marketing company that sells a wide range of
weight management products, nutritional supplements and personal
care products within one industry segment as defined under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS
No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise
and Related Information. Our products are manufactured by
third party providers and then sold to independent distributors
who sell Herbalife products to retail consumers or other
distributors.
We sell products in 63 countries throughout the world and we are
organized and managed by geographic region. In the first quarter
of 2003, we elected to aggregate our operating segments into one
reporting segment, as management believes that our operating
segments have similar operating characteristics and similar long
term operating performance. In making this determination,
management believes that the operating segments are similar in
the nature of the products sold, the product acquisition
process, the types of customers products are sold to, the
methods used to distribute the products, and the nature of the
regulatory environment.
Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes
to the independent distributor or importer. Amounts billed for
freight and handling costs are included in net sales. We
generally receive the net sales price in
67
cash or through credit card payments at the point of sale.
Related royalty overrides and allowances for product returns are
recorded when the merchandise is shipped.
Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with our
buyback program, are provided at the time the product is
shipped. This accrual is based upon historic return rates for
each country and the relevant return pattern, which reflects
anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to
12 months following the original sale. Historically,
product returns and buybacks have not been significant. Product
returns and buybacks were approximately 1.1%, 1.0% and 1.0% of
retail sales for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005
and 2006 respectively. No material changes in estimates have
been recognized for the year ended December 31, 2006 or for
the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 respectively.
We record reserves against our inventory to provide for
estimated obsolete or unsalable inventory based on assumptions
about future demand for our products and market conditions. If
future demand and market conditions are less favorable than
managements assumptions, additional reserves could be
required. Likewise, favorable future demand and market
conditions could positively impact future operating results if
previously reserved for inventory is sold. We reserved for
obsolete and slow moving inventory totaling $6.2 million,
$8.0 million and $11.4 million as of December 31,
2004, 2005 and 2006 respectively.
In accordance with SFAS No. 144, Long-Lived
Assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and
purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.
Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a
comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated
undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the
asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated
future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the
amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the
fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of would be
separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the
lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell,
and are no longer depreciated. The assets and liabilities of a
disposed group classified as held for sale would be presented
separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of
the balance sheet.
Goodwill and other intangibles not subject to amortization are
tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment
more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the
asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the
extent that the carrying amount exceeds the assets fair
value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level
and consists of two steps. First, the Company determines the
fair value of a reporting unit and compares it to its carrying
amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit
exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any
excess of the carrying amount of the reporting units
goodwill and other intangibles over the implied fair value. The
implied fair value is determined by allocating the fair value of
the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price
allocation, in accordance with SFAS No. 141,
Business Combinations. The residual fair value after this
allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting
units goodwill and other intangibles. As of
December 31, 2006, we had goodwill of approximately
$113.2 million, and marketing franchise of
$311.8 million. No write-downs were recognized for the year
ended December 31, 2006. Goodwill was reduced in 2006 by
approximately $21.0 million due primarily to the effect of
the settlement of an international tax audit related to the
pre-acquisition period and the realization of pre-acquisition
net operating losses.
Contingencies are accounted for in accordance with
SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies.
SFAS No. 5 requires that we record an estimated loss
from a loss contingency when information available prior to
issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is
probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been
incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount
of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for
contingencies such as legal and income tax matters requires us
to use judgment. Many of these legal and tax contingencies can
take years to be resolved. Generally, as the time period
increases over which the uncertainties are resolved, the
likelihood of changes to the estimate of the ultimate outcome
increases.
Deferred income tax assets have been established for net
operating loss carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries and
have been reduced by a valuation allowance to reflect them at
amounts estimated to be ultimately recognized. The net operating
loss carryforwards expire in varying amounts over a future
period of time. Realization of the income tax carryforwards is
dependent on generating sufficient taxable income prior to
68
expiration of the carryforwards. Although realization is not
assured, we believe it is more likely than not that the net
carrying value of the income tax carryforwards will be realized.
The amount of the income tax carryforwards that is considered
realizable, however, could change if estimates of future taxable
income during the carryforward period are adjusted.
We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with
SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment. Under
the fair value recognition provisions of this statement,
share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date
based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense
over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of
share-based awards at the grant date requires judgment,
including estimating our stock price volatility and employee
stock award exercise behaviors. Our expected volatility is
primarily based upon the historical volatility of
Herbalifes common stock and, due to the limited period of
puclic trading data for its common stock, it is also validated
against the volatility of a company peer group. The expected
life of awards is based on observed historical exercise
patterns, which can vary over time. As stock-based compensation
expense recognized in the Statements of Income is based on
awards ultimately expected to vest, the amount of expense has
been reduced for estiemated forfeitures. SFAS No. 123R
requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and
revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were
estimated based on historical experience.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB,
issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation
of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes, or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the
accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income taxes
recognized in an enterprises financial statements. The
interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the
financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and
disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be
taken in income tax returns. FIN 48 will be adopted at the
beginning of fiscal year 2007. We do not expect the impact to be
material to our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensuses of Emerging
Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue
No. 06-3,
How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to
Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income
Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation), or
EITF 06-3.
EITF 06-3
clarifies that the scope of this issue includes any tax assessed
by a governmental authority that is directly imposed on a
revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer
and indicates that the income statement presentation on either a
gross basis or a net basis of the taxes within the scope of the
issue is an accounting policy decision that should be disclosed.
Furthermore, for taxes reported on a gross basis, an enterprise
should disclose the amounts of those taxes in interim and annual
financial statements for each period for which an income
statement is presented. We will adopt
EITF 06-3
at the beginning of fiscal year 2007. We currently present sales
taxes collected from customers on a net basis and will include
disclosure of this accounting policy in our consolidated
financial statements upon adoption of
EITF 06-3.
In September 2006, the FASB issued No. 157, Fair
Value Measurement, which defines fair value, establishes a
framework for measuring fair value in accordance with GAAP and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The
provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for fiscal
years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently
evaluating the impact, if any, of adopting
SFAS No. 157.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering
the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying
Misstatements in Current year Financial Statements, which
provides interpretive guidance on how the effects of the
carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be
considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. The
guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after
November 15, 2006 and it allows a one-time transitional
cumulative effect adjustment to
beginning-of-year
retained earnings at the first fiscal year ending after
November 15, 2006 for errors that were not previously
deemed material, but are material under the guidance in
SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 in 2006 did not have
a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.
69
|
|
Item 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
We are exposed to market risks, which arise during the normal
course of business from changes in interest rates and foreign
currency exchange rates. On a selected basis, we use derivative
financial instruments to manage or hedge these risks. All
hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to
written guidelines and procedures.
We have adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, or
SFAS No. 133. SFAS No. 133, as amended and
interpreted, established accounting and reporting standards for
derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All
derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not,
are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.
If the derivative is designated as a fair-value hedge, the
changes in the fair value of the derivative and the underlying
hedged item are recognized concurrently in earnings. If the
derivative is designated as a cash-flow hedge, changes in the
fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive
income and are recognized in the statement of operations when
the hedged item affects earnings. SFAS No. 133 defined
requirements for designation and documentation of hedging
relationships as well as ongoing effectiveness assessments in
order to use hedge accounting. For a derivative that does not
qualify as a hedge, changes in fair value are recognized
concurrently in earnings.
A discussion of our primary market risk exposures and
derivatives is presented below.
Foreign
Exchange Risk
We enter into foreign exchange derivatives in the ordinary
course of business primarily to reduce exposure to currency
fluctuations attributable to intercompany transactions and
translation of local currency revenue. All of these foreign
exchange contracts are designated as free standing derivatives
for which hedge accounting does not apply.
We purchase average rate put options, which give us the right,
but not the obligation, to sell foreign currency at a specified
exchange rate, or strike rate. The objective of these options is
to provide protection in the event that the foreign currency
weakens beyond the option strike rate. The fair value of the
option contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
As of December 31, 2006, we did not have any outstanding
option contracts.
The following table provides information about the details of
our option contracts at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Maturity
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Strike Price
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell
MXP/buy USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
10.53-10.79
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
Jan-Mar 2006
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
10.64-10.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
Apr-Jun 2006
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
10.74-10.86
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
Jul-Sep 2006
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
10.78-10.90
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
Oct-Dec 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange forward contracts are used to hedge advances
between subsidiaries. The objective of these contracts is to
neutralize the impact of foreign currency movements on the
subsidiarys operating results. The fair value of forward
contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
70
The following table provides information about the details of
our forward contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Position
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31,
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy SEK sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1/10/07
|
|
|
|
6.87
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1/10/07
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
1/10/07
|
|
|
|
1.96
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
Buy USD sell TRY
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.43
|
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
118.57
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
Buy INR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
44.54
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
Buy USD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
$
|
26.4
|
|
Buy NZD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy TWD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
42.85
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
Buy NOK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
8.25
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
Buy DKK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
7.46
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Buy PLN sell Euro
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
3.83
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Buy USD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
$
|
10.5
|
|
Buy MYR sell Euro
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
156.02
|
|
|
$
|
17.5
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
24.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
$
|
24.9
|
|
Buy EUR sell SEK
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
9.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy EUR sell GBP
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
At December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy SEK sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
7.93
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.72
|
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
Buy KRW sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1,012.05
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
117.39
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
Buy CNY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
8.03
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
Buy INR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
45.34
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
Buy CAD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.38
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy NZD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy AUD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.63
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy TWD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
39.15
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
Buy USD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy NOK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
8.05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy DKK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
7.46
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
Buy PLN sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
3.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
13.7
|
|
Buy HUF sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
252.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
Buy EUR sell SEK
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
9.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
Buy YEN sell CHF
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
89.40
|
|
|
$
|
22.5
|
|
Buy Euro sell GBP
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
0.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
All our foreign subsidiaries, excluding those operating in
hyper-inflationary environments, designate their local
currencies as their functional currencies. At December 31,
2006, the total amount of our foreign subsidiary cash was
$114.0 million, of which $4.4 million was invested in
U.S. dollars.
71
Interest
Rate Risk
As of December 31, 2006, the aggregate annual maturities of
the term loan obtained in July 2006 were:
2007-$1.8 million;
2008-$1.8 million; 2009-$1.8 million; 2010-
$1.8 million; 2011-$1.8 million; and
$170.5 million thereafter. The fair value of this loan
approximates its carrying value of $179.5 million as of
December 31, 2006. The term loan bears a variable interest
rate, and on December 31, 2006, the average interest rate
was 6.85%.
On July 21, 2006, the interest rate swap associated with
the Prior Credit Facility, originally entered into on
February 21, 2005, was terminated due to the debt
refinancing and interest income of $0.8 million was
recorded in our consolidated statements of income for the
quarter ended September 30, 2006. Under the New Credit
Facility (see note 4), we are obligated to enter into an
interest rate hedge for up to 25% of the aggregate principal
amount of term loan for a minimum of three years. On
August 23, 2006, we entered into a new interest rate swap
agreement. This agreement provides for us to pay interest for a
three-year period at a fixed rate of 5.26% on the initial
notional principal amount of $180.0 million while receiving
interest for the same period at the LIBOR rate on the same
notional principal amount. Subsequently, the notional amount
will be reduced by $20 million in the second, third and
fourth quarters of each year commencing January 1, 2007,
throughout the term of the swap. The swap has been designated as
a cash flow hedge against the variability in LIBOR interest rate
on the new term loan at LIBOR plus 1.50%, thereby fixing our
effective rate on the notional amounts at 6.76%. At
December 31, 2006, the swap notional amount was reduced to
$160.0 million as scheduled. As of December 31, 2006,
we recorded the interest rate swap as a liability at fair value
of $0.4 million with the offsetting amount recorded in
other comprehensive income.
|
|
Item 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
Our financial statements and notes thereto and the reports of
KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, are set
forth in the Index to Financial Statements under
Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement
Schedules, of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures as
defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Exchange Act. Based on an evaluation of the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures as of the end
of the period covered by this report conducted by the
Companys management, with the participation of the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded
that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were
effective as of December 31, 2006.
Managements
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, adopted rules which will require us to include in
our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal
controls over financial reporting. In addition, our independent
auditors must attest to and report on managements
assessment of the effectiveness of such internal controls over
financial reporting.
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting
as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Exchange Act. The Companys internal control over
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance
to the Companys management and board of directors
regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can
provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial
statement preparation and presentation.
72
The Companys management carried out an evaluation, under
the supervision and with the participation of the Companys
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting based on the framework in Internal
Control Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based
upon this evaluation, under the framework in Internal
Control Integrated Framework, our management
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was
effective as of December 31, 2006.
The registered public accounting firm that audited the financial
statements included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
has issued an attestation report on managements assessment
of the Companys internal control over financial reporting,
which is set forth below.
Changes
in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in our internal control over financial
reporting during the fourth quarter of 2006 that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
73
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Herbalife Ltd.:
We have audited managements assessment, included in the
accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting, that Herbalife Ltd. (the
Company) maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Herbalife
Ltd.s management is responsible for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment
of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness
of the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control
over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of
internal control over financial reporting, evaluating
managements assessment, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing
such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions
are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, managements assessment that Herbalife Ltd.
and subsidiaries maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly
stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established
in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
consolidated balance sheets of Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries
as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in
shareholders equity and comprehensive income (loss), and
cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2006, and our report dated February 26, 2007,
expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial
statements.
Los Angeles, California
February 26, 2007
74
|
|
Item 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
PART III.
|
|
Item 10.
|
DIRECTORS
AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, except that the
information required with respect to the executive officers of
the registrant is set forth under Item 1
Business, of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
Item 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
MANAGEMENT
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, except that the
information required with respect to the Companys equity
compensation plans is set forth under Item 5
Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder
Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K,
and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
Item 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information required under this Item is incorporated herein
by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the Commission no later than 120 days after the close of
our fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K,
or incorporated herein by reference:
1. Financial Statements. The following
financial statements of Herbalife Ltd. are filed as part of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
on the pages indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page No.
|
|
HERBALIFE LTD. AND
SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
83
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
84
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and
2006
|
|
|
85
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Changes
in Shareholders Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for
the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
86
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006
|
|
|
87
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
88
|
|
75
2. Financial Statement
Schedules. Schedules are omitted because the
required information is inapplicable or the information is
presented in the consolidated financial statements or related
notes.
3. Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the
Exhibit Index immediately below are filed as part of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
or are incorporated by reference herein.
76
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated April 10, 2002, by and among Herbalife International,
Inc., WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. and WH Acquisition Corp.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated
Memorandum and Articles of Association of Herbalife Ltd.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Form of Share Certificate
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
9
|
.1
|
|
Shareholders Agreement dated
as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman
Islands) Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic
Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., CCG Investments
(BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
Investment Fund-AI, L.P., CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
LLC-Series E, and certain other persons
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement
between Herbalife International Inc. and certain officers and
directors of Herbalife International Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Office lease agreement between
Herbalife International of America Inc. and State Teachers
Retirement System, dated July 11, 1995
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.3#
|
|
Herbalife International of
America, Inc.s Senior Executive Deferred Compensation
Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as amended
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.4#
|
|
Herbalife International of
America, Inc.s Management Deferred Compensation Plan,
effective January 1, 1996, as amended
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Master Trust Agreement
between Herbalife International of America, Inc. and Imperial
Trust Company, Inc., effective January 1, 1996
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.6#
|
|
Herbalife International Inc. 401K
Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as amended
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Trust Agreement for Herbalife
2001 Executive Retention Plan, effective March 15, 2001
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.8#
|
|
Herbalife 2001 Executive Retention
Plan, effective March 15, 2001
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated as of
June 21, 2002, by and among WH Acquisition Corp., Herbalife
International, Inc., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., WH
Luxembourg Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg Intermediate
Holdings SàRL, WH Luxembourg CM SàRL and UBS Warburg
LLC
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of June 27, 2002, by and among WH Acquisition
Corp., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings
SàRL, WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings SàRL, WH
Luxembourg CM SàRL and UBS Warburg LLC
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Notice to Distributors regarding
Amendment to Agreements of Distributorship, dated as of
July 18, 2002 between Herbalife International, Inc. and
each Herbalife Distributor
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
Indemnity Agreement dated as of
July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., WH Acquisition Corp., Whitney & Co., LLC,
Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P.,
GGC Administration, L.L.C., Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc.,
CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E, CCG Associates-QP,
LLC and WH Investments Ltd.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.13#
|
|
Independent Directors Stock
Option Plan of WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.14#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of
March 10, 2003 between Carol Hannah and Herbalife
International, Inc. and Herbalife International of America,
Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.15#
|
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2003 between WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Brian Kane
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.16#
|
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2003 between WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Carol Hannah
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.17#
|
|
WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd.
Stock Incentive Plan, as restated, dated as of November 5,
2003
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.18#
|
|
Side Letter Agreement dated as of
March 10, 2003 by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., Brian Kane and Carol Hannah and the Shareholders listed
therein
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.19#
|
|
Employment Agreement dated as of
April 3, 2003 between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife
International, Inc. and Herbalife International of America,
Inc.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.20#
|
|
Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2003 between WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.21#
|
|
Side Letter Agreement dated as of
April 3, 2003 by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., Michael O. Johnson and the Shareholders listed therein
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.22#
|
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement (Non-Executive Agreement)
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.23#
|
|
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option
Agreement (Executive Agreement)
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.24
|
|
Indemnity Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2004, among WH Capital Corporation and Gregory
Probert
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.25
|
|
Indemnity Agreement, dated as of
February 9, 2004, among WH Capital Corporation and Brett R.
Chapman
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.26
|
|
Stock Subscription Agreement of WH
Capital Corporation, dated as of February 9, 2004, between
WH Capital Corporation and WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd.
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.27
|
|
First Amendment to Amended and
Restated WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan,
dated November 5, 2003
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.28#
|
|
Separation Agreement and General
Release dated May 1, 2004, among Herbalife International,
Inc., Herbalife International of America, Inc. and Carol Hannah
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.29#
|
|
Consulting Agreement dated
May 1, 2004 among Herbalife International of America, Inc.
and Carol Hannah
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.30
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated
March 3, 2004, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., WH Capital Corporation and UBS Securities LLC
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
10
|
.31
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement,
dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman
Islands) Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic
Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., CCG Investments
(BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG
Investment Fund-AI, L.P., CCG AV, LLC-Series C and CCG AV,
LLC-Series E.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
10
|
.32
|
|
Share Purchase Agreement, dated as
of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands)
Ltd., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., WH Investments
Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG
Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment
Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C and CCG AV,
LLC-Series E.
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
10
|
.33
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
between Herbalife Ltd. and the directors and certain officers of
Herbalife Ltd.
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
10
|
.34#
|
|
Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan, effective December 1, 2004
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
10
|
.35
|
|
Termination Agreement, dated as of
December 1, 2004, between Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife
International, Inc. and Whitney & Co., LLC.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
10
|
.36
|
|
Termination Agreement, dated as of
December 1, 2004, between Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife
International Inc. and GGC Administration, L.L.C.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
10
|
.37
|
|
Termination Agreement, dated as of
December 13, 2004, by and among Herbalife Ltd.,
Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P.,
CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG
Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV,
LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E and CCG CI, LLC.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
10
|
.38
|
|
Indemnification Agreement, dated
as of December 13, 2004, by and among Herbalife Ltd.,
Herbalife International, Inc., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney
Strategic Partners V, L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P.,
CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment
Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV,
LLC-Series E, CCG CI, LLC and GGC Administration, LLC.
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
10
|
.39#
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Herbalife
Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
10
|
.40#
|
|
Form of Stock Bonus Award Agreement
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.41#
|
|
Contract for Services of a
Consultant between Herbalife International Luxembourg
S.á.R.L. and Brian Kane dated as of October 18, 2004
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
10
|
.42#
|
|
Compromise Agreement between
Herbalife International Luxembourg S.á.R.L. and Brian Kane
dated as of October 18, 2004
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
10
|
.43
|
|
Security Agreement, dated as of
December 21, 2004, by and among Herbalife International,
Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd.,
WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg Holdings,
S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary
Guarantors party thereto in favor of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, as Collateral Agent.
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
10
|
.44
|
|
First Amendment to Credit
Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2005, by and among
Herbalife International Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
HLF Luxembourg Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation,
WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L. and the
Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and certain lenders and
agents named therein.
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
10
|
.45#
|
|
Employment Agreement Effective as
of January 1, 2005 between Herbalife Ltd. and Henry Burdick
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
|
10
|
.46#
|
|
Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004
Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
10
|
.47#
|
|
Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004
Stock Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
10
|
.48
|
|
Second Amendment to Credit
Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2005, by and among
Herbalife International, Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate
Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd., WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L.,
HLF Luxembourg Holdings, S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation,
WH Luxembourg Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L. and the
Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto, and certain lenders and
agents named therein.
|
|
|
(k)
|
|
|
10
|
.49
|
|
Service Agreement by and between
Herbalife Europe Limited and Wynne Roberts ESQ, dated as of
September 6, 2005.
|
|
|
(l)
|
|
|
10
|
.50#
|
|
Amendment to employment agreement
between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife International, Inc. and
Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated May 15,
2005.
|
|
|
(m)
|
|
|
10
|
.51#
|
|
Independent Directors Deferred
Compensation and Stock Unit Plan
|
|
|
(n)
|
|
|
10
|
.52#
|
|
Independent Directors Stock Unit
Award Agreement
|
|
|
(n)
|
|
|
10
|
.53#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement
|
|
|
(o)
|
|
|
10
|
.54#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement
|
|
|
(o)
|
|
|
10
|
.55#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement applicable to
Mr. Michael O. Johnson
|
|
|
(p)
|
|
|
10
|
.56#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement
applicable to Mr. Michael O. Johnson
|
|
|
(p)
|
|
|
10
|
.57#
|
|
Amendment to Herbalife Ltd.
Independent Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan
|
|
|
(q)
|
|
|
10
|
.58#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement applicable to
Messrs. Gregory Probert, Brett R. Chapman and Richard Goudis
|
|
|
(r)
|
|
|
10
|
.59#
|
|
Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement
applicable to Messrs. Gregory Probert, Brett R. Chapman and
Richard Goudis
|
|
|
(r)
|
|
|
10
|
.60#
|
|
Amended and restated employment
agreement effective April 17, 2006 between Herbalife
International of America, Inc. and Paul Noack
|
|
|
(s)
|
|
|
10
|
.61#
|
|
Summary of Board Committee
Compensation
|
|
|
(t)
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.62
|
|
Form of Credit Agreement, dated as
of July 21, 2006, by and among Herbalife International
Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd.,
WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L., Herbalife International
Luxembourg S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg Holdings,
S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporationa, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings Ltd., Herbalife
Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg Distribution
S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto in
favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as Collateral Agent.
|
|
|
(u)
|
|
|
10
|
.63
|
|
Form of Security Agreement, dated
as of July 21, 2006, by and among Herbalife International,
Inc., Herbalife Ltd., WH Intermediate Holdings Ltd., HBL Ltd.,
WH Luxembourg Holdings S.á.R.L., Herbalife International
Lusembourg S.á.R.L., HLF Luxembourg Holdings,
S.á.R.L., WH Capital Corporation, WH Luxembourg
Intermediate Holdings S.á.R.L., HV Holdings Ltd., Herbalife
Distribution Ltd., Herbalife Luxembourg Distribution
S.á.R.L., and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto in
favor of Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as Collateral Agent.
|
|
|
(u)
|
|
|
10
|
.64#
|
|
Amended and Restated Independent
Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan
|
|
|
(u)
|
|
|
10
|
.65#
|
|
Employment Agreement by and
between Herbalife Ltd. and Gregory L. Probert dated
October 10, 2006
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.66#
|
|
Employment Agreement by and
between Herbalife Ltd. and Brett R. Chapman dated
October 10, 2006
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.67#
|
|
Stock Unit Agreement by and
between Herbalife Ltd. and Gregory L. Probert dated
October 10, 2006
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.68#
|
|
Stock Unit Agreement by and
between Herbalife Ltd. and Brett R. Chapman dated
October 10, 2006
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.69#
|
|
Second Amendment dated
October 10, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between
Herbalife Ltd. and Gregory L. Probert dated July 31, 2003
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.70#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Gregory L. Probert dated September 1, 2004
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.71#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Gregory L. Probert dated December 1, 2004
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.72#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Gregory L. Probert dated April 27, 2005
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.73#
|
|
Second Amendment dated
October 10, 2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between
Herbalife Ltd. and Gregory L. Probert dated October 6, 2003
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.74#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Brett R. Chapman dated September 1, 2004
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.75#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Brett R. Chapman dated December 1, 2004
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.76#
|
|
Amendment dated October 10,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Brett R. Chapman dated April 27, 2005
|
|
|
(v)
|
|
|
10
|
.77#
|
|
Employment Agreement by and
between Herbalife Ltd. and Richard P. Goudis dated
October 24, 2006
|
|
|
(w)
|
|
|
10
|
.78#
|
|
Stock Unit Agreement by and
between Herbalife Ltd. and Richard P. Goudis dated
October 24, 2006
|
|
|
(w)
|
|
|
10
|
.79#
|
|
Amendment dated October 24,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Richard P. Goudis dated June 14, 2004
|
|
|
(w)
|
|
|
10
|
.80#
|
|
Amendment dated October 24,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Richard P. Goudis dated September 1, 2004
|
|
|
(w)
|
|
|
10
|
.81#
|
|
Amendment dated October 24,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Richard P. Goudis dated December 1, 2004
|
|
|
(w)
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
10
|
.82#
|
|
Amendment dated October 24,
2006, to Stock Option Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd.
and Richard P. Goudis dated April 27, 2005
|
|
|
(w)
|
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Section 1350 Certification of
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Filed herewith. |
|
# |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
|
(a) |
|
Previously filed on October 1, 2004 as an Exhibit to the
Companys registration statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(b) |
|
Previously filed on November 9, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 2 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(c) |
|
Previously filed on December 2, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 4 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(d) |
|
Previously filed on December 14, 2004 as an Exhibit to
Amendment No. 5 to the Companys registration
statement on
Form S-1
(File
No. 333-119485)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(e) |
|
Previously filed on February 17, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys registration statement on
Form S-8
(File
No. 333-122871)
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(f) |
|
Previously filed on March 14, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004 and is incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(g) |
|
Previously filed on May 9, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 and is incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(h) |
|
Previously filed on May 13, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(i) |
|
Previously filed on June 14, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(k) |
|
Previously filed on August 23, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(l) |
|
Previously filed on September 23, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(m) |
|
Previously filed on August 3, 2005 as an Exhibit to the
Companys current Report on Form 10Q for the quarter
ended June 30, 2005 and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(n) |
|
Previously filed on February 28, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2005 and is incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(o) |
|
Previously filed on March 29, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(p) |
|
Previously filed on March 29, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(q) |
|
Previously filed on March 30, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(r) |
|
Previously filed on March 31, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
81
|
|
|
(s) |
|
Previously filed on May 3, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 and is incorporated
herein by reference. |
|
(t) |
|
Previously filed on May 5, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(u) |
|
Previously filed on November 13, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 and is
incorporated by reference. |
|
(v) |
|
Previously filed on October 12, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
|
(w) |
|
Previously filed on October 26, 2006 as an Exhibit to the
Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. |
82
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors of Herbalife Ltd.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and
2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
changes in shareholders equity and comprehensive income
(loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Herbalife Ltd. and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the
effectiveness of Herbalife Ltd.s internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on
criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report
dated February 26, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on
managements assessment of, and the effective operation of,
internal control over financial reporting.
As discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial
statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted
the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123R, Share-Based Payment.
Los Angeles, California
February 26, 2007
83
HERBALIFE
LTD.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
88,248
|
|
|
$
|
154,323
|
|
Receivables, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $4,678 (2005) and $6,917 (2006)
|
|
|
37,266
|
|
|
|
51,758
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
109,785
|
|
|
|
146,036
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
40,667
|
|
|
|
41,320
|
|
Prepaid income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,080
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
23,585
|
|
|
|
60,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
299,551
|
|
|
|
455,707
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property at cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
5,895
|
|
|
|
6,434
|
|
Equipment
|
|
|
78,324
|
|
|
|
110,222
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
11,546
|
|
|
|
21,281
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95,765
|
|
|
|
137,937
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
(30,819
|
)
|
|
|
(32,671
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property
|
|
|
64,946
|
|
|
|
105,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation plan assets
|
|
|
13,149
|
|
|
|
17,607
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
7,510
|
|
|
|
11,261
|
|
Deferred financing costs, net of
accumulated amortization of $20,598 (2005) and $268 (2006)
|
|
|
3,531
|
|
|
|
2,063
|
|
Marketing related intangibles
|
|
|
310,000
|
|
|
|
310,000
|
|
Product certifications, product
formulas and other intangible assets, net of accumulated
amortization of $17,792 (2005) and $20,892 (2006)
|
|
|
4,908
|
|
|
|
1,808
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
134,206
|
|
|
|
113,221
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
837,801
|
|
|
$
|
1,016,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
39,156
|
|
|
$
|
39,990
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
87,401
|
|
|
|
116,896
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
32,570
|
|
|
|
45,808
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
93,597
|
|
|
|
103,767
|
|
Current portion of long term debt
|
|
|
9,816
|
|
|
|
5,599
|
|
Advance sales deposits
|
|
|
10,874
|
|
|
|
11,432
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
12,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
285,457
|
|
|
|
323,492
|
|
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current
portion
|
|
|
253,276
|
|
|
|
179,839
|
|
Deferred compensation liability
|
|
|
15,145
|
|
|
|
18,166
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
112,714
|
|
|
|
126,152
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
2,321
|
|
|
|
15,394
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
668,913
|
|
|
|
663,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONTINGENCIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $0.002 par
value, 175.0 million shares authorized, 69.9 million
(2005) and 71.6 million (2006) shares issued and
outstanding
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Treasury shares, at cost
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in capital in excess of par
value
|
|
|
89,524
|
|
|
|
132,755
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss)
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
(782
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
78,829
|
|
|
|
221,774
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
168,888
|
|
|
|
353,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
837,801
|
|
|
$
|
1,016,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
84
HERBALIFE
LTD.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Product sales
|
|
$
|
1,125,045
|
|
|
$
|
1,350,275
|
|
|
$
|
1,627,678
|
|
Handling & freight income
|
|
|
184,618
|
|
|
|
216,475
|
|
|
|
257,856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
1,309,663
|
|
|
|
1,566,750
|
|
|
|
1,885,534
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
269,913
|
|
|
|
315,746
|
|
|
|
380,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,039,750
|
|
|
|
1,251,004
|
|
|
|
1,505,196
|
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
464,892
|
|
|
|
555,665
|
|
|
|
675,245
|
|
Selling, general &
administrative expenses, including, $9.3 million (2004),
$5.7 million (2005) and $1.4 million
(2006) of related party expenses
|
|
|
436,139
|
|
|
|
476,268
|
|
|
|
573,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
138,719
|
|
|
|
219,071
|
|
|
|
256,946
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
123,305
|
|
|
|
43,924
|
|
|
|
39,541
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
15,414
|
|
|
|
175,147
|
|
|
|
217,405
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
29,725
|
|
|
|
82,007
|
|
|
|
74,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
|
$
|
143,139
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
|
$
|
2.02
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
|
$
|
1.92
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
68,972
|
|
|
|
70,814
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
72,491
|
|
|
|
74,509
|
|
See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
85
HERBALIFE
LTD.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Treasury
|
|
|
Excess of
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
(Accumulated
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Par Value
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Deficit)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
$
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
183,407
|
|
|
$
|
3,427
|
|
|
$
|
50,852
|
|
|
$
|
237,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of 102.0 million
preferred shares including cumulative dividends of
$38.5 million and issuance of 52.0 million common
shares
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(170,765
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(50,852
|
)
|
|
|
(221,615
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 0.9 million common
shares from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,833
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,036
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 15.7 million
common shares from the IPO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(146,038
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
|
|
(538
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
|
|
2,798
|
|
Reclassification adjustments for
loss on derivative instruments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,764
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,764
|
)
|
|
|
(1,764
|
)
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(13,815
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
74,593
|
|
|
$
|
3,923
|
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
64,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 1.2 million common
shares from the exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,131
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury shares purchased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(210
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93,140
|
|
|
|
93,140
|
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,699
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,699
|
)
|
|
|
(3,699
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
89,780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
140
|
|
|
$
|
(210
|
)
|
|
$
|
89,524
|
|
|
$
|
605
|
|
|
$
|
78,829
|
|
|
$
|
168,888
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 1.8 million common
shares from exercise of stock options, SARs and restricted stock
grants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,773
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax benefit from exercise of stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional capital from stock
options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retirement of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143,139
|
|
|
|
143,139
|
|
|
$
|
143,139
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(974
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(974
|
)
|
|
|
(974
|
)
|
Unrealized loss on marketable
securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
Unrealized loss on derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
141,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
132,755
|
|
|
$
|
(782
|
)
|
|
$
|
221,774
|
|
|
$
|
353,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
86
HERBALIFE
LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(14,311
|
)
|
|
$
|
93,140
|
|
|
$
|
143,139
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
43,896
|
|
|
|
35,436
|
|
|
|
29,995
|
|
Excess tax benefits from
share-based payment arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,179
|
)
|
Stock based compensation expenses
|
|
|
2,036
|
|
|
|
3,045
|
|
|
|
11,298
|
|
Amortization of discount and
deferred financing costs
|
|
|
6,856
|
|
|
|
1,397
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
3,618
|
|
|
|
(12,455
|
)
|
|
|
(19,544
|
)
|
Unrealized foreign exchange
transaction gain
|
|
|
(1,219
|
)
|
|
|
(4,633
|
)
|
|
|
(4,905
|
)
|
Write-off of deferred financing
costs & unamortized discounts
|
|
|
30,830
|
|
|
|
5,971
|
|
|
|
7,116
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3,438
|
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
3,997
|
|
|
|
(8,155
|
)
|
|
|
(12,228
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(7,569
|
)
|
|
|
(40,247
|
)
|
|
|
(29,943
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
(21,149
|
)
|
|
|
2,206
|
|
|
|
(737
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(1,292
|
)
|
|
|
(376
|
)
|
|
|
(3,223
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
16,647
|
|
|
|
(1,886
|
)
|
Royalty overrides
|
|
|
5,323
|
|
|
|
5,852
|
|
|
|
26,325
|
|
Accrued expenses and accrued
compensation
|
|
|
32,513
|
|
|
|
15,040
|
|
|
|
31,543
|
|
Advance sales deposits
|
|
|
2,440
|
|
|
|
1,557
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
(1,186
|
)
|
|
|
26,704
|
|
|
|
24,192
|
|
Deferred compensation plan liability
|
|
|
(8,560
|
)
|
|
|
1,263
|
|
|
|
3,020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
80,110
|
|
|
|
143,352
|
|
|
|
184,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property
|
|
|
(23,081
|
)
|
|
|
(31,536
|
)
|
|
|
(62,460
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Net change in restricted cash
|
|
|
5,701
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation plan assets
|
|
|
9,288
|
|
|
|
(1,097
|
)
|
|
|
(4,459
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
(8,086
|
)
|
|
|
(32,526
|
)
|
|
|
(66,808
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid
|
|
|
(184,538
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of 9.5% Notes
|
|
|
267,437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of 15.5% Senior Notes
and 11.75% Notes
|
|
|
(199,422
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings from long-term debt
|
|
|
208,870
|
|
|
|
5,073
|
|
|
|
215,000
|
|
Principal payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
(127,230
|
)
|
|
|
(232,508
|
)
|
|
|
(134,528
|
)
|
Repurchases of
91/2%
Notes and
113/4%
Notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(165,137
|
)
|
Conversion of preferred shares
|
|
|
(183,115
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
shares
|
|
|
200,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in deferred financing costs
|
|
|
(7,091
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,331
|
)
|
Excess tax benefits from
share-based payment arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,179
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
1,833
|
|
|
|
2,131
|
|
|
|
11,773
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(586
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING
ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
(23,160
|
)
|
|
|
(225,890
|
)
|
|
|
(55,044
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON
CASH
|
|
|
2,034
|
|
|
|
1,735
|
|
|
|
3,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
50,898
|
|
|
|
(113,329
|
)
|
|
|
66,075
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
BEGINNING OF PERIOD
|
|
|
150,679
|
|
|
|
201,577
|
|
|
|
88,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF
PERIOD
|
|
$
|
201,577
|
|
|
$
|
88,248
|
|
|
$
|
154,323
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH PAID DURING THE YEAR
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
88,108
|
|
|
$
|
38,226
|
|
|
$
|
39,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
20,491
|
|
|
$
|
65,408
|
|
|
$
|
64,533
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON CASH ACTIVITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued Capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
7,198
|
|
|
$
|
1,068
|
|
|
$
|
4,410
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
87
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Herbalife Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability
company, or Herbalife, incorporated on April 4, 2002, and
its direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, WH
Intermediate Holdings Ltd., a Cayman Islands company, WH
Luxembourg Holdings S.à.R.L., a Luxembourg unipersonal
limited liability company, WH Luxembourg CM
S.à.R.L., a Luxembourg unipersonal limited liability
company, and WH Acquisition Corp., a Nevada corporation, were
formed on behalf of Whitney & Co., LLC, or Whitney, and
Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., or Golden Gate, in order to
acquire Herbalife International, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and
its subsidiaries, or Herbalife International, on July 31,
2002, or the Acquisition. Herbalife and its subsidiaries are
referred to collectively herein as the Company.
IPO
Recapitalization
On December 16, 2004, Herbalife completed an initial public
offering of its common shares, or IPO, as part of a series of
recapitalization transactions, including:
|
|
|
|
|
a tender offer for $159.8 million of Herbalife
Internationals outstanding
113/4% senior
subordinated notes due 2010, or the
113/4% Notes;
|
|
|
|
the replacement of Herbalife Internationals existing
$205.0 million senior credit facility with a new
$225.0 million senior credit facility;
|
|
|
|
the payment of a $139.8 million special cash dividend to
the pre-IPO shareholders of Herbalife; and
|
|
|
|
the amendment of Herbalifes Memorandum and Articles of
Association to: (1) effect a 1:2 reverse stock split of
Herbalifes common shares; (2) increase
Herbalifes authorized common shares to 500 million
shares; and (3) increase Herbalifes authorized
preference shares to 7.5 million shares, all of which took
effect on December 1, 2004.
|
As a planned continuation of the IPO recapitalization, Herbalife
exercised a contract provision in December 2004 to redeem 40%,
or $110.0 million principal value (excluding a premium of
$10.5 million), of the Companys
91/2%
notes due 2011, or the
91/2% Notes.
After the required notice period, this redemption was completed
on February 4, 2005. The redemption premium of
$10.5 million and the write-off of deferred financing fees
of $3.7 million associated with this redemption are
included in interest expense in the first quarter of 2005.
In connection with the IPO and the recapitalization, the Company
incurred $24.7 million in fees and expenses,
$19.8 million of which were associated with the IPO and
were included in equity and $4.9 million of which were
associated with the establishment of a credit facility and were
included in deferred financing costs. This credit facility was
fully repaid in the third quarter of 2006 and the associated
deferred financing costs were written off. See Note 4 for
discussion.
Secondary
Offering
On December 19, 2005, Herbalife completed a secondary
public offering of 13 million common shares held by certain
existing shareholders. The selling shareholders received all net
proceeds from the sale of common shares in this offering.
Accordingly, Herbalife did not receive any proceeds from the
sale of common shares.
The Companys consolidated financial statements refer to
Herbalife and its subsidiaries. All common shares and earnings
per share data for the successor give effect to a 1:2 reverse
stock split, which took effect December 1, 2004. The
Company also officially changed its name from WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. to Herbalife Ltd. effective
December 1, 2004.
88
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2006, FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an
Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes, or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the
accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income taxes
recognized in an enterprises financial statements. The
interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the
financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and
disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be
taken in income tax returns. FIN 48 will be adopted at the
beginning of fiscal year 2007. Management does not expect the
impact to be material to the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensuses of Emerging
Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue
No. 06-3,
How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental
Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That
Is, Gross versus Net Presentation), or
EITF 06-3.
EITF 06-3
clarifies that the scope of this issue includes any tax assessed
by a governmental authority that is directly imposed on a
revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer
and indicates that the income statement presentation on either a
gross basis or a net basis of the taxes within the scope of the
issue is an accounting policy decision that should be disclosed.
Furthermore, for taxes reported on a gross basis, an enterprise
should disclose the amounts of those taxes in interim and annual
financial statements for each period for which an income
statement is presented. The Company will adopt EITF
06-3 at the
beginning of fiscal year 2007. The Company currently present
sales taxes collected from customers on a net basis and will
include disclosure of this accounting policy in the
Companys consolidated financial statements upon adoption
of EITF 06-3.
In September 2006, the FASB issued No. 157, Fair Value
Measurement, or SFAS No. 157, which defines fair
value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in
accordance with GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value
measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15,
2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, of
adopting SFAS No. 157.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the
Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying
Misstatements in Current year Financial Statements, or
SAB 108, which provides interpretive guidance on how the
effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements
should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement.
The guidance is effective for fiscal years ending after
November 15, 2006 and it allows a one-time transitional
cumulative effect adjustment to
beginning-of-year
retained earnings at the first fiscal year ending after
November 15, 2006 for errors that were not previously
deemed material, but are material under the guidance in
SAB 108. The adoption of SAB 108 in 2006 did not have
a material effect on the Companys consolidated financial
statements.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications were made to the prior period
financial statements to conform to current period presentation.
Significant
Accounting Policies
Consolidation
Policy
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company
transactions and accounts have been eliminated.
Foreign
Currency Translation
In substantially all of the countries that the Company operates,
the functional currency is the local currency. Foreign
subsidiaries asset and liability accounts are translated
for consolidated financial reporting purposes into
U.S. dollar amounts at year-end exchange rates. Revenue and
expense accounts are translated at the average rates
89
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
during the year. Foreign exchange translation adjustments are
included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Transaction gains and
losses, which include the cost of forward exchange and option
contracts and the related settlement gains and losses, are
included in Selling, General & Administrative Expenses
in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. The
Company recorded transaction losses of $1.9 million and
$2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and
2006, respectively, and a transaction gain of $0.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 2005.
Forward
Exchange Contracts and Option Contracts
The Company enters into forward exchange contracts and option
contracts in managing its foreign exchange risk on sales to
distributors, purchase commitments denominated in foreign
currencies, intercompany transactions and bank loans. The
Company also enters into interest rate swaps in managing its
interest rate risk on its variable rate term loan. The Company
does not use the contracts for trading purposes.
In accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, the Company
designates certain of its derivative instruments as cash flow
hedges and formally documents its hedge relationships, including
identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items,
as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for
undertaking the hedge transaction, at the time the derivative
contract is executed. The Company assesses the effectiveness of
the hedge both at inception and on an on-going basis and
determines whether the hedge is highly or perfectly effective in
offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item. The Company
records the effective portion of changes in the estimated fair
value in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and
subsequently reclassifies the related amount of accumulated
other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings when the hedging
relationship is terminated. If it is determined that a
derivative has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the
Company will discontinue hedge accounting for such transaction.
For derivatives that are not designated as hedges, all changes
in estimated fair value are recognized in the consolidated
statements of operations.
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased
with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Cash and cash equivalents are comprised primarily of money
market accounts and foreign and domestic bank accounts. To
reduce its credit risk, the Company monitors the credit standing
of the financial institutions that hold the Companys cash
and cash equivalents.
Accounts
Receivable
Accounts receivable consist principally of receivables from
credit card companies, arising from the sale of product to the
Companys distributors, and receivables from importers, who
are utilized in a limited number of countries to sell products
to distributors. Due to the geographic dispersion of its credit
card receivables, the collection risk is not considered to be
significant. Although receivables from importers can be
significant, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of
its importers and maintains an allowance for potential credit
losses. The Company believes that it provides adequate
allowances for receivables from its distributors.
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial
instruments using the following methods and assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables
and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the
short-term maturities of these instruments;
|
|
|
|
Marketable securities are based on the quoted market prices for
these instruments;
|
90
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign exchange contracts are based on exchange rates at period
end;
|
|
|
|
The fair value of option and forward contracts are based on
dealer quotes;
|
|
|
|
The book values of the Companys variable rate debt
instruments are considered to approximate their fair values
because interest rates of those instruments approximate current
rates offered to the Company; and
|
|
|
|
The fair values for fixed rate borrowings have been determined
based on recent market trade values, and are disclosed in
Note 4 to Consolidated Financial Statements.
|
Inventories
Inventories are stated at lower of cost (on the
first-in,
first-out basis) or market. The Company had reserves for
obsolete and slow moving inventory totaling $8.0 million
and $11.4 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2006,
respectively.
Deferred
Financing Costs
Deferred financing costs represent fees and expenses related to
the borrowing of the Companys long-term debt and are
amortized over the term of the related debt.
Long-Lived
Assets
Depreciation of furniture, fixtures and equipment (including
computer hardware and software) is computed on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets,
which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related
asset or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter.
Depreciation of property and equipment totaled
$20.0 million, $21.4 million and $27.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006,
respectively.
Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment, based on
undiscounted cash flows, whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets
may not be recoverable. Measurement of an impairment loss is
based on the estimated fair market value of the asset.
Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are
evaluated on an annual basis for impairment, or more frequently
if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset
might be impaired. Intangible assets with finite lives are
amortized over their expected lives, which are three years for
the distributor network, five years for product formulas and two
years for product certifications. The annual amortization
expense for intangibles was $23.9 million,
$14.0 million and $3.1 million for the years ended
December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and will be
$1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 and
zero for years thereafter.
As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, the goodwill balance was
$134.2 million and $113.2 million, respectively. The
$21.0 million decrease was due primarily to the effect of
the settlement of an international tax audit related to the
pre-Acquisition period and the realization of pre-Acquisition
net operating losses.
Income
Taxes
Income tax expense includes income taxes payable for the current
year and the change in deferred income tax assets and
liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have
been recognized in the Companys financial statements or
income tax returns. A valuation allowance is recognized to
reduce the carrying value of deferred income tax assets if it is
believed to be more likely than not that a component of the
deferred income tax assets will not be realized.
91
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Royalty
Overrides
An independent distributor may earn commissions, called royalty
overrides or production bonuses, based on retail volume. Such
commissions are based on the retail sales volume of certain
other members of the independent sales force who are sponsored
by the distributor. In addition, such commissions are recorded
when the products are shipped.
Non-U.S. royalty
checks that have aged, for a variety of reasons, beyond a
certainty of being paid, are taken back into income. Management
has calculated this period of certainty to be three years
worldwide, whereas previously this period varied by country,
ranging from 12 months to 30 years. In order to
achieve consistency among all countries, in the third quarter of
2004, the Company adjusted the period over which such amounts
would be taken into income to three years on a Company-wide
basis. The impact of this change for the year ended
December 31, 2004 was a pretax benefit of approximately
$2.4 million.
Operating
Leases
The Company leases all of its physical properties under
operating leases. Certain lease agreements generally include
rent holidays and tenant improvement allowances. The Company
recognizes rent holiday periods on a straight-line basis over
the lease term beginning with the date the Company takes
possession of the leased space. The Company also records tenant
improvement allowances and rent holidays as deferred rent
liabilities and amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of
the lease to rent.
Research
and Development
The Companys research and development is performed by
in-house staff and outside consultants. For all periods
presented, research and development costs were expensed as
incurred and were not material.
Earnings
Per Share
Basic earnings per share represents net income for the period
common shares were outstanding, divided by the weighted average
number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.
Diluted earnings per share represents net income divided by the
weighted average number of shares outstanding, inclusive of the
effect of dilutive securities.
The Companys preferred shares were converted into common
shares on March 8, 2004. From August 1, 2002, until
the date of conversion, the Company did not have any outstanding
common shares. Accordingly, no basic earnings per share
information has been presented for those periods. Diluted
earnings per share for these periods assumes the conversion of
the preferred shares to common shares and includes the dilutive
effect, if any, of outstanding stock options and warrants.
Periods after March 8, 2004, include basic earnings per
share information that reflects common shares outstanding
subsequent to the conversion. Diluted earnings per share for
such periods also reflects the dilutive effect, if any, of
outstanding stock options and warrants.
The following are the share amounts used to compute the basic
and diluted earnings per share for each period (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in
basic computations
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
68,972
|
|
|
|
70,814
|
|
Dilutive effect of exercise of
options outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,390
|
|
|
|
3,449
|
|
Dilutive effect of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares used in
diluted computations
|
|
|
52,911
|
|
|
|
72,491
|
|
|
|
74,509
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Options to purchase 1.5 million, 1.4 million and
0.3 million common shares at prices ranging from $12.00 to
$25.00, $23.00 to $29.45 and $36.60 to $40.16 were
outstanding during 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, but were
not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share
because the option exercise prices were greater than the average
market price of the common shares or the potential issuance of
options would decrease loss per share. Therefore such options
would be anti-dilutive.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized when products are shipped and title passes
to the independent distributor or importer. Sales are recognized
on a net sales basis, which reflects product returns, net of
discounts referred to as Distributor Allowances, and
amounts billed for freight and handling costs. Freight and
handling costs paid by the Company are included in cost of
sales. The Company generally receives the net sales price in
cash or through credit card payments at the point of sale.
Related royalty overrides and allowances for product returns are
recorded when the merchandise is shipped.
Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with our
buyback program, are provided at the time the product is
shipped. This accrual is based upon historic return rates for
each country and the relevant return pattern, which reflects
anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to
12 months following the original sale.
Historically, product returns have not been significant, and the
allowances for product returns are consistent with the actual
returns.
Accounting
for Stock Options
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company applied the intrinsic
value method as outlined in Accounting Principles Board, or APB,
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,
or APB 25, and related interpretations, in accounting for
share-based awards made under these plans. Under the intrinsic
value method, compensation expense is recorded on the date of
grant to the extent that the current market price of the
underlying stock exceeds the exercise price. As allowed by
SFAS No. 123, the Company only adopted the disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 123.
The following tables illustrate the effect on net income (loss)
if the fair-value-based method had been applied to all
outstanding and unvested awards in each period (in millions,
except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net income (loss) as reported
|
|
$
|
(14.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
93.1
|
|
Add: Stock-based employee
compensation expense included in reported net income
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Deduct: Stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under fair value based methods
for all awards
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
(6.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
88.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.21
|
|
93
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted
SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, or
SFAS No. 123R. This statement replaces
SFAS No. 123 and supersedes APB No. 25.
SFAS No. 123R requires that all share-based
compensation be recognized as an expense in the financial
statements and that such cost be measured based on the fair
value of the awards granted. The Company used the modified
prospective transition method which requires the recognition of
compensation expense on a prospective basis only. Accordingly,
prior period financial statements have not been restated.
The fair value of the stock options granted during the periods
presented was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model and the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate
|
|
|
3.6%
|
|
|
|
4.0%
|
|
|
|
3.9%
|
|
Expected option life
|
|
|
5.0 years
|
|
|
|
6.3 years
|
|
|
|
6.3 years
|
|
Volatility
|
|
|
16.51%
|
|
|
|
32.75%
|
|
|
|
37.03%
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
|
|
0.00%
|
|
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America requires management to make estimates and assumptions.
Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Inventories consist primarily of finished goods available for
resale and can be categorized as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Weight Management and Targeted
Nutrition
|
|
$
|
86.6
|
|
|
$
|
125.0
|
|
Outer
Nutrition®
|
|
|
13.9
|
|
|
|
12.7
|
|
Literature, promotional and others
|
|
|
9.3
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Inventories, net
|
|
$
|
109.8
|
|
|
$
|
146.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories are presented net of the reserves for obsolete and
slow moving inventory of $8.0 million and
$11.4 million at December 31, 2005 and 2006,
respectively.
94
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
113/4% Notes
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Borrowings under Prior Credit
Facility
|
|
|
89.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under New Credit
Facility (see below)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179.5
|
|
91/2% Notes,
net of unamortized discounts of $3.7 million (2005)
|
|
|
161.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital leases
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
Other debt
|
|
|
6.5
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
263.1
|
|
|
|
185.4
|
|
Less: current portion
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
253.3
|
|
|
$
|
179.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense was $123.3 million, $43.9 million and
$39.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2004,
2005 and 2006, respectively.
In February 2005, the Company redeemed $110.0 million
principal amount of the
91/2% Notes.
The redemption price of $124.1 million included a purchase
premium of $10.5 million and accrued interest of
$3.6 million. During 2005 the Company prepaid approximately
$109.0 million of its term loan under the
$225.0 million senior secured credit facility, originally
entered into on December 21, 2004, or the Prior Credit
Facility, resulting in approximately $2.2 million of
additional interest expense from the write-off of unamortized
deferred financing costs. In March 2006, the Company made a
prepayment on its term loan under the Prior Credit Facility of
$9.8 million. Consequently, the Company expensed
$0.2 million of related unamortized deferred financing
costs in the first quarter of 2006.
On July 21, 2006, the Company entered into a
$300.0 million senior secured credit facility, or the New
Credit Facility, with a syndicate of financial institutions as
lenders. The New Credit Facility is comprised of a
$200.0 million term loan and a $100.0 million
revolving credit facility and replaced the Prior Credit
Facility. The new term loan bears interest as LIBOR rate plus a
margin of 1.5%, or the base rate plus a margin of 0.50% and
matures on July 21, 2013. The new revolver bears interest
at LIBOR rate plus a margin of 1.25%, or the base rate plus a
margin of 0.25% and is available until July 21, 2012. The
Company incurred approximately $2.3 million of debt
issuance costs which are being amortized over the term of the
debt. The Company used $65.0 million in available cash and
$15.0 million in borrowings under the new revolving credit
facility to repay all amounts outstanding under the Prior Credit
Facility amounting to $79.6 million. Consequently, the
Company expensed $1.7 million of unamortized deferred
financing costs related to the Prior Credit Facility. Also in
July 2006, the Company redeemed the outstanding
$0.1 million aggregate principal amount of the
113/4% Notes.
On August 23, 2006, the Company borrowed
$200.0 million pursuant to the term loan under the New
Credit Facility to repay the borrowings under the new revolver
and to fund the redemption of its
91/2% Notes.
The total redemption price of the
91/2% Notes
was $187.8 million, consisting of $165.0 million
aggregate principal amount, $16.6 million purchase premium
and $6.2 million accrued interest. The redemption premium
of $16.6 million and the write-off of unamortized deferred
financing costs and discounts of $4.6 million associated
with the
91/2% Notes
were included in interest expense in the third quarter of 2006.
In September 2006, the Company made a prepayment on the term
loan under the New Credit Facility of $20.0 million,
resulting in $0.1 million additional interest expense from
the write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs. As of
December 31, 2006, the Company is obligated to pay
approximately $0.4 million each quarter
95
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
until June 30, 2013 and the remaining principal on
July 21, 2013 for the new term loan. The new term loan
bears a variable interest rate, and on December 31, 2006,
the average interest rate was 6.85%.
Annual scheduled principal payments of long-term debt are:
$5.6 million, $3.0 million, $2.5 million,
$1.9 million, $1.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, and
$170.5 million thereafter.
As of December 31, 2006, no borrowings were outstanding
under the new revolver.
The Company has warehouse, office, furniture, fixtures and
equipment leases, which expire at various dates through 2016.
Under the lease agreements, the Company is also obligated to pay
property taxes, insurance, and maintenance costs.
Certain leases contain renewal options. Future minimum rental
commitments for non-cancelable operating leases and capital
leases at December 31, 2006, were as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
18.8
|
|
|
$
|
3.2
|
|
2008
|
|
|
12.9
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
2009
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
2010
|
|
|
9.6
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
2011
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
32.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
93.8
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: amounts included above
representing interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present value of net minimum lease
payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005,
and 2006 were $22.5 million, $25.6 million, and
$34.4 million respectively.
Property under capital leases is included in property on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Equipment
|
|
$
|
13.9
|
|
|
$
|
11.6
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(8.1
|
)
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
5.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Employee
compensation plans
|
The Company maintains a profit sharing plan pursuant to
Sections 401(a) and (k) of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The plan is available to
substantially all employees who meet length of service
requirements. Employees may elect to contribute between 2% to
17% of their compensation, and the Company will make matching
contributions in an amount equal to one dollar for each dollar
of deferred earnings not to exceed 3% of the participants
earnings. Participants are partially vested in the Company
contributions after one year and fully vested after five years.
The Company contributed $1.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2004, $1.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005, and $1.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
96
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company has non-qualified deferred compensation plans for
select groups of management: the Management Plan and
the Senior Executive Plan. The deferred compensation
plans allow eligible employees to elect annually to defer up to
50% of their base annual salary and up to 100% of their annual
bonus for each calendar year, or Annual Deferral Amount. The
Company makes matching contributions on behalf of each
participant in the Senior Executive Plan. The Senior Executive
Plan provides that the amount of the matching contributions is
to be determined by the Company in its discretion. For 2006, the
matching contribution was 3% of a participants base salary.
Each participant in either of the non-qualified deferred
compensation plans discussed above has at all times a fully
vested and non-forfeitable interest in each years
contribution, including interest credited thereto, and in any
Company matching contributions, if applicable. In connection
with a participants election to defer an Annual Deferral
Amount, the participant may also elect to receive a short-term
payout, equal to the Annual Deferral Amount plus interest. Such
amount is payable in two or more years from the first day of the
year in which the Annual Deferral Amount is actually deferred.
The total deferred compensation expense of the two non-qualified
deferred compensation plans net of participant contributions was
$1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2004,
and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005
and $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The total long-term deferred compensation liability under the
two deferred compensation plans was $15.1 million and
$18.2 million at December 31, 2005 and 2006,
respectively.
The deferred compensation plans are unfunded and their benefits
are paid from the general assets of the Company, except that the
Company has contributed to a rabbi trust whose
assets will be used to pay the benefits if the Company remains
solvent, but can be reached by the Companys creditors if
the Company becomes insolvent. The value of the assets in the
rabbi trust was $13.1 million and
$17.6 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2006,
respectively.
|
|
7.
|
Transactions
with related parties
|
In 2004, Whitney acquired a 50 percent indirect ownership
interest in Shuster Laboratories, Inc., or Shuster, a provider
of product testing and formula development for Herbalife. For
the year ended December 31, 2005, total purchases from
Shuster were $32,000. For the year ended December 31, 2006,
there were no purchases from Shuster.
In 2004, Whitney acquired a 50 percent indirect ownership
interest in TBA Entertainment, or TBA, a provider of creative
services to Herbalife. For the year ended December 31,
2005, a payment of $5.7 million was made to TBA for
services relating to the 25th Anniversary Extravaganza, the
majority of which were reimbursements of Extravaganza expenses
paid to third parties. For the year ended December 31,
2006, payments to TBA were $1.4 million.
In 2004, Golden Gate acquired a 47 percent ownership
interest in Leiner Health Products Inc., or Leiner, a
nutritional manufacturer and supplier of certain Herbalife
products. For the year ended December 31, 2005, total
purchases from Leiner were $0.1 million. For the year ended
December 31, 2006, there were no purchases from Leiner.
In January 2005, Whitney, together with its affiliates, acquired
a 77 percent ownership interest in Stauber Performance
Ingredients, or Stauber, a value-added distributor of bulk
specialty for nutraceutical ingredients. For the years ended
December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, total
purchases from Stauber were $1.8 million and
$0.25 million, respectively.
97
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The Company is from time to time engaged in routine litigation.
The Company regularly reviews all pending litigation matters in
which it is involved and establishes reserves deemed appropriate
by management for these litigation matters when a probable loss
estimate can be made.
Herbalife International and certain of its independent
distributors have been named as defendants in a purported class
action lawsuit filed February 17, 2005, in the Superior
Court of California, County of San Francisco, and served on
Herbalife International on March 14, 2005
(Minton v. Herbalife International, et al). The case
has been transferred to the Los Angeles County Superior Court.
The plaintiff is challenging the marketing practices of certain
Herbalife International independent distributors and Herbalife
International under various state laws prohibiting endless
chain schemes, insufficient disclosure in assisted
marketing plans, unfair and deceptive business practices, and
fraud and deceit. The plaintiff alleges that the Freedom Group
system operated by certain independent distributors of Herbalife
International products places too much emphasis on recruiting
and encourages excessively large purchases of product and
promotional materials by distributors. The plaintiff also
alleges that Freedom Group pressured distributors to disseminate
misleading promotional materials. The plaintiff seeks to hold
Herbalife International vicariously liable for the actions of
its independent distributors and is seeking damages and
injunctive relief. The Company believes that it has meritorious
defenses to the suit.
Herbalife International and certain of its distributors have
been named as defendants in a class action lawsuit filed
July 16, 2003, in the Circuit Court of Ohio County in the
State of West Virginia (Mey v. Herbalife International,
Inc., et al). The complaint alleges that certain
telemarketing practices of certain Herbalife International
distributors violate the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or
TCPA, and seeks to hold Herbalife International vicariously
liable for the practices of its distributors. More specifically,
the plaintiffs complaint alleges that several of Herbalife
Internationals distributors used pre-recorded telephone
messages to contact prospective customers in violation of the
TCPAs prohibition of such practices. Herbalife
Internationals distributors are independent contractors
and if any such distributors in fact violated the TCPA they also
violated Herbalifes policies which require its
distributors to comply with all applicable federal, state and
local laws. The Company believes that it has meritorious
defenses to the suit.
As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other
products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their
bodies, the Company has been and is currently, subjected to
various product liability claims. The effects of these claims to
date have not been material to the Company, and the reasonably
possible range of exposure on currently existing claims is not
material. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses
to the allegations contained in the lawsuits. The Company
currently maintains product liability insurance with an annual
deductible of $10 million.
Certain of the Companys subsidiaries have been subject to
tax audits by governmental authorities in their respective
countries. In certain of these tax audits, governmental
authorities are proposing that significant amounts of additional
taxes and related interest and penalties are due. The Company
and its tax advisors believe that there are substantial defenses
to their allegations that additional taxes are owed, and the
Company is vigorously contesting the additional proposed taxes
and related charges.
These matters may take several years to resolve, and the Company
cannot be sure of their ultimate resolution. However, it is the
opinion of management that adverse outcomes, if any, will not
likely result in a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and operating results. This opinion is based on the
belief that any losses suffered in excess of amounts reserved
would not be material, and that the Company has meritorious
defenses. Although the Company has reserved an amount that the
Company believes represents the most likely outcome of the
resolution of these disputes, if the Company is incorrect in the
assessment the Company may have to record additional expenses.
98
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The total undeclared and unpaid cumulative dividends on
preferred shares were $32.8 million on December 31,
2003. On March 8, 2004, the preferred shares were redeemed
for the original issue price of $183.1 million in addition
to dividends of $38.5 million and converted into common
shares on a
one-to-one
basis.
The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion
of the Companys board of directors and will depend upon
various factors, including its earnings, financial condition,
restrictions imposed by its credit agreement, cash requirements,
future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by its board
of directors. The New Credit Facility permits payments of
dividends as long as no default or event of default exists and
the amount of dividends paid does not exceed the sum of
$300.0 million plus fifty percent of cumulative
consolidated net income from the first quarter of 2007 to the
last day of the quarter most recently ended prior to the date of
dividend.
In December 2004, the Company authorized 7.5 million
preference shares at $0.002 par value and all of the
authorized preference shares were unissued. Preference shares
may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of
such series to have such voting powers (full or limited or
without voting powers), designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights and
qualifications, limitations or restrictions.
In December 2004, the Company completed an IPO and offered its
common shares as part of a series of recapitalization
transactions in connection with the IPO (See Note 1).
The Company had 68.6 million, 69.9 million and
71.6 million common shares outstanding at December 31,
2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The Company has six
stock-based compensation plans which are the WH Holdings
(Cayman Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan, or the Management
Plan, the WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Independent
Directors Stock Incentive Plan, or the Independent Directors
Plan, the Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Incentive Plan, or the 2004 Stock
Incentive Plan, the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2005 Stock
Incentive Plan, the Herbalife Ltd. Executive Incentive Plan, or
the Executive Incentive Plan, and the Herbalife Ltd. Independent
Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan, or the
Independent Director Stock Unit Plan. The Management Plan
provides for the grant of options to purchase common shares of
Herbalife to members of the Companys management. The
Independent Directors Plan provides for the grant of options to
purchase common shares of Herbalife to the Companys
independent directors. The 2004 Stock Incentive Plan was
intended to replace the Management Plan and the Independent
Directors Plan and after the adoption thereof, no additional
awards were made under either the Management Plan or the
Independent Directors Plan. However, the shares remaining
available for issuance under these plans were absorbed by and
became available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan. The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of
4,000,000 common shares pursuant to awards, plus any shares that
remain available for issuance under the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan at the time of the adoption of the 2005 Stock Incentive
Plan. The terms of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan are
substantially similar to the terms of the 2004 Stock Incentive
Plan. The purpose of the Executive Incentive Plan is to govern
the award and payment of annual bonuses to certain company
executives. The purpose of the Independent Directors Stock Unit
Plan is to facilitate equity ownership in the Company by its
independent directors through the award of stock units and to
allow for deferral by the independent directors of compensation
realized in connection with such stock units. The Companys
stock compensation awards outstanding as of December 31,
2006 include stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARS,
and stock units.
Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company applied the intrinsic
value method as outlined in Accounting Principles Board, or APB
Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,
or APB 25, and related interpretations, in accounting for
share-based awards made under these plans. Under the intrinsic
value method, compensation expense is recorded on the date of
grant to the extent the then current market price of the
underlying stock exceeds the exercise price. On January 1,
2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R. This
statement replaces SFAS No. 123 and supersedes
APB 25. SFAS No. 123R requires that all
share-based compensation be recognized as an expense in the
financial statements and that such cost be measured based on the
fair value of the awards
99
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
granted. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R using the
modified prospective transition method which requires the
recognition of compensation expense on a prospective basis only.
Accordingly, prior period financial statements have not been
restated. Under this transition method, stock-based compensation
cost for 2006 includes (a) compensation cost for all
share-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of,
January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the original provisions of
SFAS No. 123; and (b) compensation cost for all
share-based awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006
based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with
the provisions of SFAS No. 123R.
SFAS No. 123R also requires the Company to estimate
forfeitures in calculating the expense relating to share-based
compensation as opposed to recognizing forfeitures as an expense
reduction as they occur. The adjustment to apply estimated
forfeitures to previously recognized share-based compensation
was considered immaterial and as such was not classified as a
cumulative effect of a change of in accounting principle.
The Company records compensation expense over the requisite
service period which is equal to the vesting period. For awards
granted prior to January 1, 2006, compensation expense is
recognized on a graded-vesting basis over the vesting term. For
awards granted on or after January 1, 2006, compensation
expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting
term. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2006,
stock-based compensation expense of $11.3 million was
included in Selling, General & Administrative Expenses,
as well as related income tax benefits of $4.2 million
recognized in earnings.
As of December 31, 2006, the total unrecognized
compensation cost related to nonvested stock awards was
$31.0 million and the related weighted-average period over
which it is expected to be recognized is approximately
2.3 years.
As a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the
Companys net income for the year ended December 31,
2006 was $5.5 million lower than it would have been under
the Companys previous accounting method for share-based
compensation. Basic net earnings per common share for year ended
December 31, 2006 were negatively impacted by the change in
accounting method by $0.08 per share. The negative impact
on diluted net earnings per common share for year ended
December 31, 2006 was $0.07 per share. Prior to the
Companys adoption of SFAS No. 123R, benefits of
tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation costs were
reported as operating cash inflows. SFAS No. 123R
requires that these excess tax benefits be recorded as a
financing cash inflow rather than as a reduction of taxes paid.
For the year ended December 31, 2006, excess tax benefits
of $20.2 million were generated from option exercises.
Prior to the Companys initial public offering in
December 2004, the Company accounted for stock options
under the minimum value method for the SFAS 123 pro forma
expense disclosure. SFAS No. 123R is being applied to these
awards prospectively and the Company is continuing to recognize
compensation expense for these awards under APB Opinion
No. 25 based solely on the difference between the fair
value of the stock price and exercise price on the date of
grant, if any.
100
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss)
and earnings (loss) per share as if the Company had applied the
fair value recognition provision of SFAS No. 123 to
options granted under the Companys stock-based
compensation plans for the years ended December 31, 2004
and December 31, 2005, respectively. For purposes of this
pro forma disclosure, the value of the options is estimated
using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model and
amortized to expense using a graded vesting schedule with
forfeitures recognized as they occur.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
Net income (loss) as reported
|
|
$
|
(14.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
93.1
|
|
Add: Stock-based employee
compensation expense included in reported net income, net of tax
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
less: Stock-based employee
compensation expense determined under fair value based methods
for all awards, net of tax
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
|
|
(6.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(15.7
|
)
|
|
$
|
88.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.35
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
(0.27
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.28
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$
|
(0.30
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.21
|
|
The Companys stock-based compensation plans provide for
grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted
stock and stock units. Stock options typically vest quarterly
over a five-year period beginning on the grant date, and certain
stock option grants vest over a period of less than five years.
SARS vest quarterly over a five-year period beginning on the
grant date. The contractual term of stock options and SARS is
ten years. Stock unit awards under the 2005 Incentive Plan, or
Incentive Plan Stock Units, vest annually over a three year
period which is equal to the contractual term. Stock unit awards
under the Independent Directors Stock Unit Plan, or Independent
Director Stock Units, vest at a 25% rate on each of
April 15, July 15 and October 15 of the calendar year in
which the award is granted and January 15 of the calendar year
following the year in which the award is granted. Unless
otherwise determined at the time of grant, the value of each
stock unit shall be equal to one common share of Herbalife.
The fair value of each award is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model based on the
assumptions in the following tables. The expected term of the
award is based on the simplified method, which calculates the
expected term using the average of vesting term and contractual
term, as stated in Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107.
Because of the very limited historical data all groups of
employees have been determined to have similar historical
exercise patterns for valuation purposes. The expected
volatility of stock awards is primarily based upon on the
historical volatility of the Companys common shares and,
due to the limited period of public trading data for its common
stock, it is also validated against the volatility rates of a
peer group of companies. The risk free interest rate is based on
the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with
a remaining term equal to the expected term of the award. The
dividend yield reflects that the Company has not paid
101
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
any cash dividends since inception. The following table
summarizes the weighted average assumptions used in the
calculation of fair market value for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
Independent Directors
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
SARS
|
|
|
Stock Units
|
|
|
Stock Units
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
32.75%
|
|
|
|
37.03%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38.39%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38.03%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37.29%
|
|
Dividends yield
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
zero
|
|
Expected term
|
|
|
6.3 years
|
|
|
|
6.3 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.3 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.5 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.0 years
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
4.00%
|
|
|
|
3.94%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.58%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.36%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.56%
|
|
The following tables summarize the activity under the
stock-based compensation plans for the year ended
December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
Stock Options & SARS
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Contractual Term
|
|
|
Value(1)
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31,
2005
|
|
|
10,197
|
|
|
$
|
12.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,319
|
|
|
|
34.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1,787
|
)
|
|
|
6.60
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(277
|
)
|
|
|
13.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31,
2006
|
|
|
9,452
|
|
|
$
|
16.45
|
|
|
|
7.45 years
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable at December 31,
2006
|
|
|
3,972
|
|
|
$
|
12.93
|
|
|
|
6.84 years
|
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The intrinsic value is the amount by which the current market
value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the
stock award. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
Incentive Plan and Independent Directors Stock Units
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Outstanding and nonvested at
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
204.8
|
|
|
|
35.00
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(14.1
|
)
|
|
|
32.31
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
(4.6
|
)
|
|
|
32.03
|
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
Outstanding and nonvested at
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
186.1
|
|
|
|
35.28
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock awards
granted during 2006 was $18.44. The total intrinsic value of
stock awards exercised during the year ended December 31,
2006 was $55.5 million.
102
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table summarizes information regarding option
groups outstanding at December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Range of Exercise Price
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Contractual Life
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Exercisable
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ 0.88 - $ 3.52
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
6.02
|
|
|
$
|
2.64
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
$
|
2.57
|
|
$ 5.00 - $14.00
|
|
|
1.6
|
|
|
|
7.03
|
|
|
$
|
10.15
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
10.42
|
|
$14.85 - $18.70
|
|
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
7.71
|
|
|
$
|
15.98
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
$
|
16.61
|
|
$20.00 - $25.00
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
6.85
|
|
|
$
|
23.85
|
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
$
|
24.08
|
|
$28.11 - $33.17
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
9.10
|
|
|
$
|
31.48
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
$
|
31.30
|
|
$34.02 - $40.16
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
9.60
|
|
|
$
|
37.52
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
$
|
36.95
|
|
The Company is a network marketing company that sells a wide
range of weight management products, nutritional supplements and
personal care products within one industry segment as defined
under SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an
Enterprise and Related Information. The Companys products
are manufactured by third party providers and then sold to
independent distributors who sell Herbalife products to retail
consumers or other distributors.
The Company sells products in 63 countries throughout the world
and is organized and managed by geographic region. In the first
quarter of 2003, the Company elected to aggregate its operating
segments into one reporting segment, as management believes that
the Companys operating segments have similar operating
characteristics and similar long term operating performance. In
making this determination, management believes that the
operating segments are similar in the nature of the products
sold, the product acquisition process, the types of customers
products are sold to, the methods used to distribute the
products, and the nature of the regulatory environment.
Revenues reflect sales of products to distributors based on the
distributors geographic location.
In July 2006, the Company changed its geographic units from four
to seven units as part of the Companys on-going
Realignment For Growth efforts. These changes are intended to
create growth opportunities for distributors, support faster
decision making across the organization by reducing the number
of layers of management, improve the sharing of ideas and tools
and accelerate growth in its high potential markets. Historical
information presented related to the Companys geographic
units has been reclassified to conform with its current
geographic presentation. The Companys reporting
segments operating information and sales by product line
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net Sales:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
252.9
|
|
|
$
|
284.7
|
|
|
$
|
338.3
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
102.4
|
|
|
|
218.9
|
|
|
|
373.2
|
|
Others
|
|
|
954.4
|
|
|
|
1,063.2
|
|
|
|
1,174.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Operating Margin(1):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
101.9
|
|
|
$
|
120.2
|
|
|
$
|
141.9
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
41.7
|
|
|
|
96.8
|
|
|
|
162.7
|
|
Others
|
|
|
431.3
|
|
|
|
478.3
|
|
|
|
525.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Margin
|
|
$
|
574.9
|
|
|
$
|
695.3
|
|
|
$
|
829.9
|
|
Selling, general and
administrative expense
|
|
$
|
436.2
|
|
|
$
|
476.3
|
|
|
$
|
573.0
|
|
Interest expense net
|
|
|
123.3
|
|
|
|
43.9
|
|
|
|
39.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
15.4
|
|
|
|
175.1
|
|
|
|
217.4
|
|
Income taxes
|
|
|
29.7
|
|
|
|
82.0
|
|
|
|
74.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(14.3
|
)
|
|
$
|
93.1
|
|
|
$
|
143.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
25.5
|
|
|
$
|
20.5
|
|
|
$
|
51.4
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Others
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
|
|
|
12.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Capital Expenditures
|
|
$
|
30.3
|
|
|
$
|
32.6
|
|
|
$
|
66.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Total Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
520.1
|
|
|
$
|
698.0
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
52.5
|
|
|
|
63.7
|
|
Others
|
|
|
265.2
|
|
|
|
253.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
837.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,014.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
36.8
|
|
|
$
|
31.1
|
|
Mexico
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
Others
|
|
|
89.2
|
|
|
|
75.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Goodwill
|
|
$
|
134.2
|
|
|
$
|
113.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net sales by product line:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weight Management
|
|
$
|
561.1
|
|
|
$
|
646.8
|
|
|
$
|
800.6
|
|
Targeted Nutrition
|
|
|
562.0
|
|
|
|
680.7
|
|
|
|
831.6
|
|
Outer
Nutrition®
|
|
|
123.1
|
|
|
|
163.4
|
|
|
|
151.7
|
|
Literature, promotional and
other(2)
|
|
|
63.5
|
|
|
|
75.9
|
|
|
|
101.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales by geographic region:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America(3)
|
|
$
|
271.2
|
|
|
$
|
303.7
|
|
|
$
|
357.9
|
|
Mexico & Central America
|
|
|
103.0
|
|
|
|
219.8
|
|
|
|
376.7
|
|
Brazil
|
|
|
68.5
|
|
|
|
111.8
|
|
|
|
138.3
|
|
South America and Southeast Asia(4)
|
|
|
104.6
|
|
|
|
131.2
|
|
|
|
199.2
|
|
EMEA(5)
|
|
|
536.1
|
|
|
|
545.3
|
|
|
|
548.0
|
|
Greater China(6)
|
|
|
91.5
|
|
|
|
112.1
|
|
|
|
130.6
|
|
North Asia(7)
|
|
|
134.8
|
|
|
|
142.9
|
|
|
|
134.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Sales
|
|
$
|
1,309.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,566.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,885.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Operating margin consists of net sales less cost of sales and
royalty overrides. |
|
(2) |
|
Product buybacks and returns in all product categories are
included in the literature, promotional and other category. |
|
(3) |
|
Consists of the U.S., Canada, Jamaica and Dominican Republic. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes New Zealand and Australia and excludes Brazil. |
|
(5) |
|
Consists of Europe, Middle East and Africa. |
|
(6) |
|
Consists of China, Hong Kong, and Taiwan. |
|
(7) |
|
Consists of Japan and Korea. |
As of December 31, 2006, the net property located in the
U.S. and in all foreign countries was $79.6 million and
$25.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2005,
the net property located in the U.S. and in all foreign
countries was $47.0 million and $17.9 million,
respectively.
As of December 31, 2006, the deferred tax assets related to
the US and all the foreign countries was $52.5 million and
$21.9 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2005,
the deferred tax assets related to the US and all the foreign
countries was $15.2 million and $31.2 million,
respectively.
|
|
11.
|
Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities
|
The Company engages in an interest rate hedging strategy for
which the hedged transactions are forecasted interest payments
on the Companys variable rate term loan. The hedged risk
is the variability of forecasted interest rate cash flows, where
the hedging strategy involves the purchase of interest rate
swaps. For the outstanding cash flow hedges on interest rate
exposures at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006,
the maximum length of time over which the Company is hedging
these exposures is approximately three years. The interest rate
swap outstanding as of December 31, 2005 was accounted for
under the shortcut method, as defined by SFAS No. 133,
which assumes the hedge to be perfectively effective.
Consequently, all changes in the fair value of the derivative
are deferred and recorded in other comprehensive income, or OCI,
until the related forecasted transaction is
105
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The
estimated net amount of existing gains expected to be
reclassified into earnings over the next 12 months is
$0.1 million.
On July 21, 2006 the interest rate swap, originally entered
into on February 21, 2005, was terminated due to the debt
refinancing and interest income of approximately
$0.8 million was recorded in the Companys
consolidated statements of income during the quarter ended
September 30, 2006. Under the New Credit Facility, the
Company is obligated to enter into interest rate hedge for up to
25% of the aggregate principal amount of the term loan for a
minimum of three years. On August 23, 2006, the Company
entered into a new interest rate swap agreement. The agreement
provides for the Company to pay interest for a three-year period
at a fixed rate of 6.76% on various notional amounts while
receiving interest for the same period at the LIBOR rate on the
same notional principal amounts. The swap was designated as a
cash flow hedge against LIBOR interest rate movements on the new
term loan. The Company formally assesses, both at inception and
at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes
in cash flows of the hedged item. As of December 31, 2006,
the hedge relationship qualified as an effective hedge under
SFAS No. 133. Consequently, all changes in the fair
value of the derivative are deferred and recorded in OCI until
the related forecasted transaction is recognized in the
consolidated statements of income. The estimated amount of
existing loss expected to be reclassified into earnings over the
next 12 months, which related to cash flow hedge, is
$0.4 million.
The Company also designates certain derivatives as free standing
derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The
changes in the fair market value of the derivatives are recorded
in the Companys consolidated statements of income. The
Company purchases average rate put options, which give the
Company the right, but not the obligation, to sell foreign
currency at a specified exchange rate, or strike rate. These
contracts provide protection in the event the foreign currency
weakens beyond the strike rate. The contracts are used to
protect against changes in the functional currency equivalent
value of inter-company or third party nonfunctional currency
payables and receivables. The fair value of the option contracts
is based on third-party bank quotes.
At December 31, 2006, the Company did not have any
outstanding option contracts.
The following table provides information about the details of
the Companys option contracts at December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Coverage
|
|
|
Strike Price
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Maturity Date
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Puts (Company may sell
MXP/buy USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
10.53-10.79
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jan-Mar 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
10.64-10.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Apr-Jun 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
10.74-10.86
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Jul-Sep 2006
|
|
Mexican Peso
|
|
$
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
10.78-10.90
|
|
|
$
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
Oct-Dec 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company also uses foreign currency forward contracts, which
give the Company the obligation to buy or sell foreign currency
at a specified time and rate. Foreign exchange forward contracts
are utilized to hedge advances between subsidiaries. The
objective of these contracts is to neutralize the impact of
foreign currency movements on the subsidiarys operating
results.
106
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The tables below describe the forward contracts that were
outstanding as of the dates indicated. The fair value of the
forward contracts is based on third-party bank quotes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Forward
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Contract
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
Foreign Currency
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Position
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
At December 31,
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy SEK sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1/10/07
|
|
|
|
6.87
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1/10/07
|
|
|
|
1.31
|
|
|
$
|
1.0
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
|
|
1/10/07
|
|
|
|
1.96
|
|
|
$
|
3.5
|
|
Buy USD sell TRY
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.43
|
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
118.57
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
Buy INR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
44.54
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
Buy USD sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
26.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
$
|
26.4
|
|
Buy NZD sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy TWD sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
42.85
|
|
|
$
|
5.0
|
|
Buy NOK sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
8.25
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
Buy DKK sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
7.46
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Buy PLN sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
3.83
|
|
|
$
|
1.4
|
|
Buy USD sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
10.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
$
|
10.5
|
|
Buy MYR sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy JPY sell EUR
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
156.02
|
|
|
$
|
17.5
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
24.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
1.32
|
|
|
$
|
24.9
|
|
Buy EUR sell SEK
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
9.05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy EUR sell GBP
|
|
|
12/28/06
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1/31/07
|
|
|
|
0.67
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
At December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Buy SEK sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
7.93
|
|
|
$
|
2.3
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.9
|
|
Buy GBP sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.72
|
|
|
$
|
3.1
|
|
Buy KRW sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1,012.05
|
|
|
$
|
6.0
|
|
Buy JPY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
117.39
|
|
|
$
|
4.1
|
|
Buy CNY sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
8.03
|
|
|
$
|
15.0
|
|
Buy INR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
45.34
|
|
|
$
|
5.3
|
|
Buy CAD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.38
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy NZD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.75
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy AUD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.63
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy TWD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
3.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
39.15
|
|
|
$
|
3.4
|
|
Buy USD sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.7
|
|
Buy NOK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
8.05
|
|
|
$
|
1.5
|
|
Buy DKK sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
7.46
|
|
|
$
|
1.3
|
|
Buy PLN sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
3.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy Euro sell USD
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
13.4
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
13.7
|
|
Buy HUF sell Euro
|
|
|
12/30/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
252.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
Buy EUR sell USD
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
9.5
|
|
Buy Euro sell SEK
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
9.42
|
|
|
$
|
0.6
|
|
Buy YEN sell CHF
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
22.6
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
89.40
|
|
|
$
|
22.5
|
|
Buy Euro sell GBP
|
|
|
12/28/05
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1/31/06
|
|
|
|
0.69
|
|
|
$
|
0.8
|
|
107
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
All foreign subsidiaries excluding those operating in
hyper-inflationary environments designate their local currencies
as their functional currency. At year end, the total amount of
cash held by foreign subsidiaries was $114.0 million, of
which $4.4 million was maintained or invested in
U.S. dollars.
The interest rate swaps are used to hedge the interest rate
exposure on the variable interest rate term loan. The fair value
of the interest rate swaps is based on third-party bank quotes.
The table below describes the interest rate swaps that were
outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notional
|
|
|
Swap
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest Rate Swap
|
|
$
|
160.0
|
|
|
|
5.26
|
%
|
|
$
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
|
9/30/2009
|
|
In December 2005, the Company entered into a short term interest
rate cap agreement, which is not designated under hedge
accounting to provide protection in the event of the three month
LIBOR rate were to increase beyond 4.75%. The interest rate cap
agreement expired in the first quarter of 2006.
The components of income before income taxes are (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
(9.5
|
)
|
|
$
|
166.0
|
|
|
$
|
157.2
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
24.9
|
|
|
|
9.1
|
|
|
|
60.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.4
|
|
|
$
|
175.1
|
|
|
$
|
217.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
$
|
22.0
|
|
|
$
|
34.1
|
|
|
$
|
37.2
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
54.5
|
|
State
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
(14.9
|
)
|
|
|
(11.5
|
)
|
Federal
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
31.9
|
|
|
|
(11.6
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)
|
|
|
(0.6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29.7
|
|
|
$
|
82.0
|
|
|
$
|
74.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The tax effects of temporary differences which gave rise to
deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Deferred income tax
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals not currently deductible
|
|
$
|
19.8
|
|
|
$
|
44.7
|
|
Foreign tax credits and tax loss
carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries
|
|
|
9.4
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Depreciation/amortization
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Deferred compensation plan
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
Deferred interest expense
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
Accrued state income taxes
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
Accrued vacation
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred income tax assets
|
|
|
53.1
|
|
|
|
80.6
|
|
Less: valuation allowance
|
|
|
(6.7
|
)
|
|
|
(6.2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred income tax assets
|
|
$
|
46.4
|
|
|
$
|
74.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
$
|
123.8
|
|
|
$
|
126.1
|
|
Inventory deductibles
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
|
Unrealized foreign exchange
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Other
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
135.5
|
|
|
$
|
140.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
|
|
$
|
(89.1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(66.0
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2006, the Companys deferred income
tax assets for foreign net operating loss carryforwards of
certain foreign subsidiaries of $6.1 million and various
other deferred tax assets were reduced by a valuation allowance
of $6.2 million. If tax benefits are recognized in the
future through reduction of the valuation allowance,
$0.1 million of such benefits will be allocated to reduce
goodwill.
The foreign tax loss carryforwards of $6.1 million expire
in varying amounts between 2006 and indefinitely. The foreign
tax realization of the tax loss carryforwards is dependent on
generating sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the
carryforwards. Although realization is not assured, management
believes it is more likely than not that the net carrying value
of the tax carryforwards will be realized. The amount of the
income tax carryforwards that is considered realizable, however,
could be reduced if estimates of future taxable income during
the carryforward period are reduced.
Income taxes payable was reduced in the fourth quarter of 2006
by $14.0 million related to an $11.8 million reclass
of certain
pre-acquisition
liabilities to goodwill and an adjustment to income tax expense
of $2.2 million.
109
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The applicable statutory rate in the Cayman Islands was zero for
Herbalife Ltd. for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005
and 2004. For purposes of the reconciliation between the
provision for income taxes at the statutory and the effective
tax rate, a notional U.S. 35% rate is applied as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Tax expense at United States
statutory rate
|
|
$
|
5.4
|
|
|
$
|
61.3
|
|
|
$
|
76.1
|
|
Increase (decrease) in tax
resulting from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differences between U.S. and
foreign tax rates on foreign income, including withholding taxes
|
|
|
18.5
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
U.S. tax on foreign income
and foreign tax credits
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
Increase (decrease) in valuation
allowances
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
|
|
(14.5
|
)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
State taxes, net of federal benefit
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
|
3.8
|
|
Intercompany sale of branch
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
Extraterritorial income exclusion
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
|
(5.6
|
)
|
|
|
(6.3
|
)
|
Non-deductible expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
0.6
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
29.7
|
|
|
$
|
82.0
|
|
|
$
|
74.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
Restructuring
Reserve
|
In July 2006, the Company initiated a realignment of its
employee base as part of its Realignment For Growth plan. The
Company recorded $3.0 million professional fees, severance
and related costs in the preparation stages of the plan in the
third quarter of 2006. The Company recorded severance and
related costs of $7.5 million, which was included in
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses, related to this
realignment in the fourth quarter of 2006. The Company expects
to complete the realignment in 2007 and estimates that the
corresponding severance and related cost in 2007 will be
approximately $1.0 million.
The following table summarizes the components of this reserve
during fiscal 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retention
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Others
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2005
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Charges
|
|
|
7.2
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Cash Payments
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2006
|
|
$
|
4.6
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On February 2, 2007, the Companys Board of Directors
received a proposal from Whitney V L.P. and its affiliates to
acquire all of the Companys outstanding common shares for
$38.00 per share in cash. Whitney and its affiliates
currently own an aggregate of approximately 27.0% of the
Companys outstanding common shares. The Companys
Board of Directors has established a special committee
consisting solely of independent directors to review the
proposal. There is no assurance that the Company will enter into
this or any transaction.
Based on the information set forth in the Forms 4 filed on
February 8 and 12, 2007, and the Form 13 G/A
filed on February 14, 2007, by Golden Gate and its
affiliated funds, the Company believes that as of
February 7, 2007, Golden Gate and its affiliated funds no
longer beneficially own any of the Companys common shares.
110
HERBALIFE
LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
15.
|
Quarterly
Information (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share data)
|
|
|
First Quarter Ended
March 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
372.1
|
|
|
$
|
455.8
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
296.3
|
|
|
|
364.4
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
13.3
|
|
|
|
38.7
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.55
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
Second Quarter Ended
June 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
384.7
|
|
|
$
|
466.0
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
307.3
|
|
|
|
373.3
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
22.8
|
|
|
|
36.3
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.51
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
Third Quarter Ended
September 30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
401.0
|
|
|
$
|
476.4
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
321.5
|
|
|
|
379.2
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
27.1
|
|
|
|
26.5
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
Fourth Quarter Ended
December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
409.0
|
|
|
$
|
487.4
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
325.9
|
|
|
|
388.2
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
30.0
|
|
|
|
41.6
|
|
Earnings per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
$
|
0.56
|
|
111
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereto duly authorized.
HERBALIFE Ltd.
Richard Goudis
Chief Financial Officer
Dated: February 26, 2007
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the
date indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
/s/ MICHAEL
O. JOHNSON
Michael
O. Johnson
|
|
Chief Executive Officer,
Director
(Principal Executive Offices)
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICHARD
GOUDIS
Richard
Goudis
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID
PEZZULLO
David
Pezzullo
|
|
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PETER
CASTLEMAN
Peter
Castleman
|
|
Director, Chairman of the Board
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEROY
BARNES
Leroy
Barnes
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RICHARD
BERMINGHAM
Richard
Bermingham
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ DAVID
D. HALBERT
David
D. Halbert
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ PETER
MASLEN
Peter
Maslen
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ COLOMBE
M. NICHOLAS
Colombe
M. Nicholas
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ VALERIA
RICO
Valeria
Rico
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ JOHN
TARTOL
John
Tartol
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ LEON
WAISBEIN
Leon
Waisbein
|
|
Director
|
|
February 26, 2007
|
112